summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/65601-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/65601-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/65601-0.txt8106
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8106 deletions
diff --git a/old/65601-0.txt b/old/65601-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 85bd0e3..0000000
--- a/old/65601-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8106 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Trail of Black Hawk, by Paul G.
-Tomlinson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The Trail of Black Hawk
-
-Author: Paul G. Tomlinson
-
-Release Date: June 12, 2021 [eBook #65601]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: Richard Tonsing, Louise Davies, and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRAIL OF BLACK HAWK ***
-
-
-
-
- THE TRAIL OF
- BLACK HAWK
-
-
-
-
- By EVERETT T. TOMLINSON
-
-
- SCOUTING ON THE OLD FRONTIER
-
- STORIES OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION
-
- SCOUTING WITH MAD ANTHONY
-
- THE MYSTERIOUS RIFLEMAN
-
- SCOUTING ON THE BORDER
-
- THE PURSUIT OF THE APACHE CHIEF
-
- THE TRAIL OF THE MOHAWK CHIEF
-
- YOUNG PEOPLE’S HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION
-
- PLACES YOUNG AMERICANS WANT TO KNOW
-
- FIGHTERS YOUNG AMERICANS WANT TO KNOW
-
- THE STORY OF GENERAL PERSHING
-
-[Illustration:
-
- “‘The kind of a horse I’ve always wanted to own’ ... he thought.”
-
- [PAGE 152]
-]
-
-
-
-
- GREAT INDIAN CHIEFS SERIES
-
- THE TRAIL OF BLACK HAWK
-
-
- BY
-
- PAUL G. TOMLINSON
-
- Author of “To the Land of the Caribou,” “In Camp on Bass Island,” etc.
-
-[Illustration]
-
- ILLUSTRATED
-
-
- NEW YORK AND LONDON
- D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
-
- 1924
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1915,
- BY D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
-
- Printed in the United States of America
-
-
-
-
- PREFACE
-
-
-The adventures and experiences of the hardy settlers on the continually
-advancing frontier have provided a fascinating but comparatively unknown
-chapter in the history of our country. Romance, bitter prejudice,
-distorted tales, and traditions more or less trustworthy, have combined
-to create a strong interest in the Indians. So much, however, has been
-written of a sensational and improbable nature that the result has not
-always been desirable. Just as there were “good” Indians and “bad”
-Indians, so the stories of Indians have ofttimes created impressions
-that were erroneous or even false.
-
-The appeal of Indian life and of Indian wars, however, is perpetually
-strong. Who these early inhabitants of America were, what they did, how
-they lived and how they fought their battles, why they were engaged in
-conflicts with the early settlers and our troops, are essential parts of
-our history. The names of King Philip, Massasoit, Brandt, Tecumseh,
-Pontiac, Red Jacket, Black Hawk, Keokuk, Ouray, Sitting Bull and others
-are perhaps well known, but just what is behind the names is not so
-commonly understood.
-
-And yet all this is a legitimate part of our history, which every
-American, and particularly every young American ought to know and wants
-to know. Even if it is impossible for him properly to understand the
-vanishing race he ought not to be ignorant of, nor forget, the struggle
-of those early days.
-
-Black Hawk’s War occurred in 1832. Against the encroachments of the
-whites and their undeniable injustice, the Indians opposed their own
-methods of making war. The extermination of families, the lack of mercy,
-even the blood-thirstiness of the redmen were among their customary
-methods of making war and were universally recognized as such by their
-enemies of their own color. Black Hawk assuredly was a patriot,
-courageously fighting the battles of his own people. This story is an
-attempt to follow facts and events of that struggle as they occurred.
-
-The author has followed the suggestions of many librarians and teachers
-and has cast his narrative into the form of a story. In the main part
-the story is true and the aim of its writer has been to present a
-picture of the struggle of the settlers with the Indians, the work of
-our army and the daring of Black Hawk and his braves. The justice or
-injustice of the conflict will be understood by those who may follow the
-fortunes of the courageous chieftain. At all events the young readers
-ought to appreciate more fully the value and the cost of the land, the
-privileges and the homes they now possess.
-
-The character of Black Hawk is unique. He was a natural leader,
-overcoming opposition in the tribes he led, as well as bravely facing
-his foes.
-
-The events incorporated in this tale are based upon facts. The license
-of a storyteller has been freely used, but the basis of the book is
-true. The final defeat of Black Hawk, his visit at the capital of the
-nation and in some of the largest cites, the impression upon the old
-warrior in his receptions by the whites of the East, all are elements in
-his life which must be known in order to appreciate correctly the
-character of this famous Indian chief.
-
-To those who are interested the following bibliography may be
-suggestive:
-
- Armstrong, The Sauks and the Black Hawk War, 1887.
- Beckwith, H. W., Illinois and Indiana Indians, 1884.
- Blanchard, Rufus, History of Illinois.
- Carpenter, R. V., The Indian Statue, near Oregon, Illinois.
- Chetlain, A. L., The Black Hawk War of 1832.
- Davison, Alexander & Stuve, B., Black Hawk War.
- Goodrich, S. I., Lives of Celebrated American Indians.
- McIntosh, John, Speech of Black Hawk when he surrendered himself to the
- agent at Prairie Du Chien.
- Moses, John, Black Hawk War.
- Parrish, Randall, The Struggle with Black Hawk.
- Paterson, J. B., Autobiography of Black Hawk.
- Snyder, J. F., The Burial and Resurrection of Black Hawk.
- Stevens, F. E., The Black Hawk War, including a Review of Black Hawk’s
- Life.
- Steward, J. F., Sac and Fox Trail.
- Thwaites, R. G., The Black Hawk War.
-
-If his young readers shall be sufficiently interested in this story of
-Black Hawk to follow the struggles by which America was won as they are
-recorded in our historical works, the writer will feel that his purpose
-in part at least has been accomplished.
-
- PAUL G. TOMLINSON.
-
- Elizabeth, New Jersey.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. BLACK HAWK TAKES THE TRAIL 1
-
- II. PURSUED 13
-
- III. A DEVASTATED HOME 24
-
- IV. A HIDDEN RETREAT 36
-
- V. A NEEDED REST 46
-
- VI. A NEW DANGER 58
-
- VII. A NARROW ESCAPE 69
-
- VIII. AN INDIAN LEGEND 81
-
- IX. IN CAMP 92
-
- X. ON THE MARCH 104
-
- XI. THE FLAG OF TRUCE 118
-
- XII. THE ROUT 128
-
- XIII. THE WHINNY OF A HORSE 138
-
- XIV. THE SWALLOW 150
-
- XV. AN INVITATION 163
-
- XVI. A SCOUTING PARTY 173
-
- XVII. A PERILOUS UNDERTAKING 185
-
- XVIII. BETWEEN THE LINES 195
-
- XIX. A LIVELY SKIRMISH 206
-
- XX. A MIDNIGHT RIDE 216
-
- XXI. THE FIGHT ON THE PEKATONIKA 227
-
- XXII. APPLE RIVER FORT 239
-
- XXIII. ACROSS COUNTRY 251
-
- XXIV. KELLOGG’S GROVE 262
-
- XXV. ON THE TRAIL 274
-
- XXVI. THROUGH THE SWAMPS 285
-
- XXVII. WISCONSIN HEIGHTS 297
-
- XXVIII. THE TRAIL LEADS WESTWARD 308
-
- XXIX. BAD AXE 320
-
- XXX. CONCLUSION 333
-
-
-
-
- THE TRAIL OF BLACK HAWK
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
- BLACK HAWK TAKES THE TRAIL
-
-
-“Black Hawk is on the trail again.”
-
-Joseph Hall was the speaker. With his parents, two sisters and a brother
-he lived on the American frontier in Illinois. In these days a reference
-to that part of the country as “the frontier” would cause a smile to
-appear on the faces of those who might hear such a statement, but in the
-year 1832, when the scene of this story is laid, Illinois was very far
-west. On Indian Creek, near its junction with Fox River, in a little
-clearing in the forest, the Hall family dwelt and made a hard living
-from the soil and from the game they might secure with the rifle.
-
-Ten years before this time they had forced their way westward from
-eastern Pennsylvania and had hewn a home for themselves out of the
-wilderness. At that time Joseph and his younger brother Robert were only
-nine and seven years old, respectively. Brought up in the woods and on
-the prairies they had learned the wisdom of the forest, the secrets of
-the trees, the flowers and the streams; they knew the habits of the wild
-animals and the favorite pools of the fish. Thorough woodsmen they were
-both of them, sound in mind and strong in body. Fatigue was almost
-unknown to these boys, and to endure hardships was a part of their
-everyday life.
-
-It was now spring. The sun was warm and the trees were bursting with new
-life as the days grew longer and summer approached. The time had come
-when the crops must be planted and it was in this occupation that the
-two boys were engaged when Joseph made his remark concerning Black Hawk.
-A space several acres in extent, had been cleared in the heart of the
-forest and here it was that the Hall family eked out a scanty existence.
-
-At one end of the clearing stood their home. A rough log cabin was all
-it was, but it was home and consequently was very dear to the Halls. In
-the rear the clearing ran down to the edge of the woods and as much as
-possible of this land was under cultivation. Year by year the clearing
-had been enlarged until now it occupied a considerable extent. Joseph
-and Robert were busy at the opposite end from the place where their home
-stood.
-
-“Black Hawk on the trail again!” exclaimed Robert in response to his
-brother’s remark.
-
-“Exactly.”
-
-“Who told you?”
-
-“Deerfoot. I saw him early this morning down by the river.”
-
-Deerfoot was a Pottowattomie Indian, friendly to the white settlers and
-to the Halls in particular. He had taught Joseph and Robert much of what
-they knew of woodcraft and that he was a skillful teacher was attested
-by the prowess the two boys had acquired.
-
-“Is it serious?” demanded Robert anxiously. He had been removing weeds
-from the newly sprouted cornfield and he leaned on his hoe as he waited
-for his brother’s reply.
-
-“Deerfoot says it is,” replied Joseph. “He says that Black Hawk is very
-angry and means business this time.”
-
-“But what’s it all about?” Robert insisted.
-
-“The same old trouble. Black Hawk doesn’t want to leave this side of the
-Mississippi and doesn’t intend to either, if he can help it.”
-
-“He signed a treaty nearly thirty years ago saying he would go, didn’t
-he?”
-
-“I know it,” said Joseph. “According to Deerfoot, though, Black Hawk
-thinks he was deceived at that time and that the treaty doesn’t bind
-him. I think that if he had been made to leave at the time he signed
-that treaty down at St. Louis, everything would have been all right.
-They told him, however, that he could stay on until this country was
-thrown open for settlement and now that they want him to go he refuses.
-At least that’s what father thinks.”
-
-“Is he going to fight?” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“Deerfoot says so. He told me we’d better get to some safe place, too.”
-
-“Did you tell father that?”
-
-“I did, but he laughed at me. You know how he is; he said he wasn’t
-afraid of all the Indians in North America.”
-
-“That’s foolish, I think.”
-
-“So do I,” agreed Joseph. “Black Hawk and his warriors may be right
-around here now as far as we know. They’ll start by making war on the
-settlers, too; you know they always do that. They blame the settlers for
-taking their land away from them.”
-
-“How about Keokuk?” demanded Robert. “He is the head of the Sac tribe,
-while Black Hawk is only a smaller chief. What is Keokuk going to do?”
-
-“He is already across the Mississippi, I understand. He evidently was
-willing to go, or at least he thought that would be the wisest thing to
-do. He is not a fighter like Black Hawk.”
-
-“I should say not,” exclaimed Robert. “Old Black Hawk has been fighting
-nearly all his life, I guess.”
-
-“Ever since he was fifteen years old, so Deerfoot told me this morning.
-He is about sixty-five now, so you see he has been on the warpath off
-and on for fifty years. He must be a great old warrior if all Deerfoot
-told me is true.”
-
-“What did he tell you?”
-
-“Well,” continued Joseph, “he said that when Black Hawk was only fifteen
-he started fighting and that before he was seventeen he led a war party
-against an Osage camp and brought back several scalps. When he was
-nineteen he led another fight against the Osages and killed six people
-with his own hands. A few years later in another battle he killed nine
-men single-handed. In the war of 1812 he sided with the British and was
-a terror along the border settlements. He’s a real old warrior, from all
-accounts.”
-
-“He must be,” exclaimed Robert. “He doesn’t think for a minute that he
-can whip the United States, though, does he? How many warriors has he,
-anyway?”
-
-“About five hundred or more, according to Deerfoot. He expects, however,
-that the Winnebagos, Pottowattomies, and Kickapoos will go in with him,
-and if they do they can make it pretty hot for a while around here.”
-
-“Deerfoot won’t fight, will he?”
-
-“No, indeed,” said Joseph. “At least he said he wouldn’t fight with
-Black Hawk. He doesn’t think that those other three tribes will join
-him, either. He thinks Black Hawk will find only his own men with him
-when the time comes.”
-
-“When is the time coming?”
-
-“It has already come. Black Hawk is on the trail with a party now, and
-is going to make war on the settlers. He expects it will take the Whites
-some time to organize and by that time he himself will have large
-reinforcements from the other tribes.”
-
-“Well,” said Robert, “if he intends to make war on the settlers what is
-there to prevent him from picking out the Hall family to start with?”
-
-“Nothing in the world. That’s just what I said to father, but he told me
-to pay no attention to such nonsense. I thought we ought to have guns
-out in the field here, but he said not. Just the same, I sneaked both
-yours and mine out of the house and hid them in that bush over there.
-Maybe father isn’t worried, but I am.”
-
-“Well, I’m worried, too,” agreed Robert. “I don’t think I’m a coward by
-any means, but it seems to me it is a silly thing to do to stay right on
-here as if there was no danger at all, when at any moment we may be
-attacked by a band of hostile Indians.”
-
-“Still,” said Joseph, “we have no special reason for thinking that we
-are to be the first ones attacked. Perhaps if some other family is
-murdered, father may realize that it is serious and move on to some safe
-place for a while.”
-
-“Yes, and he may wait too long.”
-
-“You can’t tell father there is any danger, though.”
-
-“I know it,” agreed Robert. “He holds all Indians in contempt and thinks
-they’re all bad. Why, he hardly treats even Deerfoot like a human
-being.”
-
-“Deerfoot knows it, too. I don’t think he likes father, and if it wasn’t
-for the rest of us he wouldn’t be half so friendly.”
-
-“He likes us all right, and he’s been awfully good to you and me.”
-
-“He certainly has,” exclaimed Joseph eagerly. “Personally, I think he’d
-warn us if he knew that Black Hawk and his band were coming this way.”
-
-“But he might not know it.”
-
-“I know,” protested Robert, “but you must remember that in this case it
-is Indian against Indian. The Sac tribe is just as clever as the
-Pottowattomie, and old Black Hawk is no fool. You don’t suppose he’d go
-around telling everybody just where he intended to strike first, do
-you?”
-
-“Perhaps not.”
-
-“_Perhaps_ not,” exclaimed Robert. “You mean _certainly_ not, I guess.
-If I intended to attack you, you don’t think for an instant that I’d go
-around telling everybody, do you? If I did, some one would be sure to
-tell you, and what chance then would I have of being successful?”
-
-“You’d make a great chief, Bob,” said Joseph laughingly.
-
-“Not at all,” protested Robert. “I’m just stating what seems to me to be
-common-sense.”
-
-“You’re right, of course,” agreed Joseph quickly, becoming serious once
-more. “I think we’re in a dangerous position and I wish we were out of
-it.”
-
-“Does mother know?”
-
-“Father wouldn’t let me tell her. He said it would only worry her and
-the girls, and there was no use in it.”
-
-“We’ll talk to him tonight, both of us.”
-
-“It won’t do any good, I’m afraid. You know how stubborn he is. He
-thinks there’s no danger, and no one can change his mind by talking to
-him.”
-
-“Well,” said Robert, “I hope he’s right. But if he’s wrong I hope he’ll
-find it out and change his mind before it is too late.”
-
-“Anyway,” exclaimed Joseph, “it won’t do us any good to stand here and
-talk about it and it won’t help the corn to grow, either. Let’s forget
-it, if we can.”
-
-The two young pioneers lapsed into silence and soon the only sound heard
-in the cornfield was the click of their hoes as they dug the weeds out
-of the soil and cleared a space for the tender shoots to gain the light
-and air. The thought uppermost in the mind of each boy, however, was of
-Black Hawk and his band of marauding warriors.
-
-It is hard for us to understand in these days what a peril and a menace
-to frontier life these hostile Indians were. Every little while word
-would come of some family wiped out by the uprising of a nearby tribe
-and no one could tell at just what moment these onslaughts might come.
-
-Everyone went armed, not only for the sake of the game which provided
-much of the food on which the pioneers lived, but also as a guard
-against any surprise attack of warlike redmen. It is needless to state
-the country abounded in “crack shots,” as the most skillful in the use
-of the rifle were termed. Ammunition was scarce and no one could afford
-to waste powder or bullets. Consequently they made every shot count and
-it was wonderful to see the skill some of our early settlers acquired
-with the rifle. In this sport, or rather in this serious business, no
-one in the region surpassed Joseph Hall and his brother Robert.
-
-Through the warm spring afternoon the two brothers toiled on in the
-cornfield. Their hands were busy with the hoe and their minds with
-thoughts of Black Hawk and his warriors. The shadows grew longer, and
-when at last dusk crept over the land they made ready to cease work for
-the day. As they were preparing to stop, the call of a quail sounded
-from the woods close to the place where the two boys were standing. Both
-boys were immediately alert. A moment later the call was repeated.
-
-“Deerfoot,” exclaimed Joseph in a low voice.
-
-The two brothers hastened in the direction from which the call had been
-heard and a moment later discovered their Indian friend hiding behind a
-thick bush, waiting for them. He was nearly exhausted and had evidently
-traveled far and fast.
-
-“What is it, Deerfoot?” exclaimed Joseph eagerly. “What is the trouble?”
-
-The Indian was panting and a brief time elapsed before he could speak.
-Finally he regained his breath.
-
-“Black Hawk, he come!” gasped Deerfoot, and he pointed toward the
-opposite end of the clearing.
-
-Hardly had he uttered these words when from the direction of the Hall’s
-cabin came the blood-curdling sound of the Indian war whoop.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
- PURSUED
-
-
-Both boys immediately darted toward the bush where their rifles were
-hidden. Silently and swiftly they ran and then at their highest speed
-returned to the spot where Deerfoot lay crouched upon the ground. The
-air now resounded with the terrible war cry of the marauding Indians and
-shots rang out through the evening air.
-
-“Come on, Bob,” exclaimed Joseph, as he swiftly started forward.
-
-He had taken only a few steps, however, when he felt himself gripped
-strongly by his arm and held back.
-
-“No be a fool,” muttered Deerfoot. “Black Hawk have fifty braves. You be
-killed unless stay here.”
-
-“But my family, my mother and sisters,” pleaded Joseph. “They will be
-killed unless I go to help them.”
-
-“They be killed anyway,” said Deerfoot stoically. “No use you be killed,
-too.”
-
-With one hand he held Joseph in a grip of iron, while with the other he
-maintained a firm hold on Robert. Both boys struggled to free themselves
-but to no avail. Their Indian ally held them fast, while all the time in
-a low voice he talked to his young friends.
-
-“Black Hawk come with big band,” he explained. “Me run ten mile to warn
-Halls. Black Hawk say he kill your father. He say your father bad to
-Indian. No use you be killed, too. Soon they look for you. You better
-run. Deerfoot take you away safe.”
-
-“No! No!” protested Joseph and Robert in one breath.
-
-“Let go of me, Deerfoot!” exclaimed Joseph. “Do you think I can leave,
-while my family are being murdered? Let me go, I say!”
-
-“Deerfoot no let go,” replied the Indian calmly.
-
-The air now was resounding with the cries of the bloodthirsty redmen. If
-the wild shouts provided a just basis by which to estimate the numbers
-in the attacking party then it must be as large as Deerfoot had declared
-it to be, the boys concluded. In their hearts both boys were already
-convinced that whatever they might do would be of no avail. At the same
-time it is not easy to watch an attack upon one’s family, and both boys
-would rather have lost their own lives than to sit quietly by without
-making an effort to aid.
-
-Every time the war whoop sounded a shudder ran through them and they
-begged Deerfoot for a chance to try to protect or avenge their father,
-mother and sisters. Both boys knew well that when an Indian makes war he
-spares no one from the head of the family down to the baby in the
-cradle. They already were convinced that soon they would be the only
-survivors in what had but recently been a family of six.
-
-Suddenly Robert wrenched himself free from Deerfoot’s hold and sprang to
-his feet. Night was rapidly coming on and objects at a distance were
-hard to distinguish. Through the gathering dusk he could see his home in
-the distance. It had been set on fire and around and around it the red
-marauders were dancing, sending forth their fiendish shouts of victory.
-Undoubtedly everyone in the house was now dead and soon only the charred
-remains of what had once been their home would remain.
-
-An ungovernable feeling of rage surged up in Robert’s breast and he
-vowed vengeance. He raised his rifle to his shoulder and took careful
-aim. Never in his life had he been more self-controlled in his actions
-than he was at that moment. The roof of the cabin suddenly burst into
-flame and lighted up the awful scene being enacted nearby. As he pulled
-the trigger one of the Indians suddenly leaped high into the air and
-fell headlong upon his face and lay still. Robert’s aim had been true.
-
-As if by magic the war dance of Black Hawk’s band abruptly ceased.
-Comrades rushed to the side of the fallen brave and tried to lift him to
-his feet. Their efforts, however, were without avail; the warrior was
-dead. As soon as the others became aware of the fall of their comrade
-they immediately turned to see from which direction the fatal shot had
-come.
-
-As often happens at sundown there was no breeze stirring. Rising among
-the trees over the spot where Robert and his two companions were
-standing, appeared the smoke from the young frontiersman’s gun. The
-sharp-eyed Sac Indians immediately spied this and with a shout of rage a
-score or more of them started at full speed in the direction of the
-tell-tale smoke.
-
-When Robert had fired his rifle, Deerfoot realized that their position
-was now disclosed and he instantly released his hold on Joseph. There
-was no advantage to be gained by any further attempt to hide. Joseph
-gained his feet just as the hostile Indians spied the smoke from his
-brother’s gun, and hastily taking aim he fired at the approaching
-warriors. The fact that one of them stopped suddenly and clutched his
-shoulder proved that Joseph as well as Robert was skillful in the use of
-a rifle.
-
-“Fools!” exclaimed Deerfoot in the ears of the two boys.
-
-“But, Deerfoot—” began Robert, at the same time hastening to reload his
-gun.
-
-“Come!” exclaimed Deerfoot, breaking in upon him. “Come, if you no wish
-to die.”
-
-Without a word he turned and sped into the forest, the two boys closely
-following him. Less than a quarter of a mile behind them they could hear
-the war cry of the enraged redmen, hot upon their trail. This was no
-time to think of family or anything else except self preservation. Both
-boys realized that this was to be a race with a prize of life or death
-at the finish, and this knowledge provided them with additional
-strength.
-
-With Deerfoot in the lead, they fled silently and swiftly through the
-fast gathering darkness of the forest. If they could outstrip their
-pursuers and keep out of their way until darkness fell, then their
-chances of escape would be redoubled. They were fully aware of this fact
-and they knew also that the foes at their heels knew it, too. Deerfoot
-set a heart-breaking pace and if the two brothers had not been in
-excellent condition they never could have hoped to maintain the speed
-with which they were running.
-
-Neither boy had any idea of the direction in which they were fleeing.
-They followed their leader blindly, trusting implicitly in him to save
-them. Their entire attention was centered in Deerfoot and they paid no
-attention to any task other than that of doing their utmost to keep pace
-with their leader.
-
-Behind them resounded the shouts of their pursuers and the fugitives
-seemed to acquire renewed speed every time they heard the blood-curdling
-cries.
-
-At length, however, they began to weaken. No one was able to maintain
-such a pace very much farther. At least that is what both Robert and
-Joseph were thinking. They still had their rifles, and they were
-determined to hold them at any cost. The guns were heavy, however, and
-undoubtedly prevented the boys from maintaining their speed.
-
-The darkness increased and Deerfoot began steadily to draw away from his
-two young friends. Born and reared in the woods, and lightly dressed, he
-proved more than a match for the fast tiring brothers. They struggled
-desperately to keep up but they both realized that before long they
-would be compelled to stop. And ever nearer sounded the war whoop of the
-Sacs.
-
-“I can’t go much farther, Deerfoot,” panted Joseph.
-
-“Nor I,” gasped Robert.
-
-At the word the flying Indian slackened his pace and waited for the boys
-to catch up.
-
-“Only little more,” he exclaimed, “no stop now. All die if stop now.”
-
-“But where are you taking us?” exclaimed Joseph.
-
-“Follow Deerfoot, he show you,” and once again the fleet-footed Indian
-sped down the darkening aisles of the forest. Night was now so near at
-hand that it was with difficulty that the two boys kept their guide in
-sight. They made one last effort, however, and exerting all the strength
-and will power they possessed they managed to follow where Deerfoot led.
-
-Suddenly the Indian stopped.
-
-“Black Hawk no see trail now,” he exclaimed. “We hide here.”
-
-He darted behind a huge tree as he spoke, the boys instantly following
-his example.
-
-“Where are we going to hide?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“Follow Deerfoot,” and as he spoke the Indian began to climb the nearest
-tree. Seemingly he went directly up the side of the tree and there were
-no branches to which he might cling for a considerable distance above
-the ground.
-
-“Steps in tree,” announced Deerfoot, stopping when he had gone a few
-feet. “You find ’um easy. Follow Deerfoot.”
-
-Standing where Deerfoot had stood Joseph ran his hands over the hark of
-the huge oak tree. Sure enough, steps large enough and deep enough to
-render climbing comparatively safe had been cut into the side of the
-tree. They were just about as far apart as the rungs of a ladder and
-having once started on the strange stairway it was very easy to
-continue. Joseph and Robert speedily discovered this condition and soon
-were following Deerfoot as he directed them and were moving nearly as
-rapidly as the Indian himself.
-
-In a very brief time all three had reached the first huge branches of
-the oak. Here a small platform had been built, consisting of only two or
-three planks, but they were so arranged that when the three fugitives
-lay down there was sufficient room for them all. These planks had been
-cunningly concealed by branches and moss, though naturally the boys did
-not know this in the darkness. It was about all they could do to make
-out the indistinct outlines of the nearby trees.
-
-The description of their activities required more time than Deerfoot and
-his two companions consumed in their efforts to gain this place of
-refuge. In a very short time they were lying prone on the platform and
-peering eagerly down into the depths of the forest. They had moved
-cautiously and silently and well it was that they had made no noise.
-Scarcely were they settled in the place before shadowy forms began to
-flit past them in the dim light below.
-
-No war whoops now were heard. The redmen were on the trail to avenge
-their dead comrade and the one who had been wounded, and now that night
-had fallen they had no desire to disclose their position. Joseph and
-Robert could not repress an involuntary shudder as they watched their
-pursuers speed past them. At the same time they had a feeling of
-satisfaction as they thought that they had thus far outwitted their foes
-and for the present at least were comparatively safe.—
-
-Twenty-seven warriors passed beneath the platform in the old oak tree,
-according to Joseph’s count. Certainly there were enough of them to
-overcome any resistance the three fugitives could furnish. Night came
-on, but not for a moment was the vigilance of any one on the platform
-relaxed. Hour after hour dragged by and soon the dawn would appear.
-Robert understood as well as Joseph and Deerfoot, that when morning came
-their position would no longer be safe. With the coming of the morning
-light the hostile Indians would surely discover their trail and follow
-it to the base of the large oak tree. If they were to escape, now was
-the time to do so.
-
-“Come,” said Deerfoot in a low voice.
-
-He cautiously arose and started to make his way down the strange
-stairway. Joseph and Robert followed closely behind. Slowly and as
-quietly as possible they descended the tree and soon their feet were on
-solid ground once more. There they stood for a moment, and then, with
-Deerfoot in the lead, they started to retrace their course of the night
-before.
-
-They had covered a hundred yards or more when suddenly from a bush
-almost directly in front of them came the sharp bark of a rifle. A
-bullet whistled over their heads.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
- A DEVASTATED HOME
-
-
-All three immediately dropped on their hands and knees. Rifles in hand
-they scurried for the nearest shelter and awaited developments. A puff
-of smoke floated upward from the bush whence the shot had come, as the
-three fugitives stretched themselves prone behind the trunk of a large
-fallen tree. After many moments of waiting Deerfoot cautiously raised
-his head.
-
-He dropped back again quickly, however, as a rifle ball splintered the
-bark scarcely ten inches from him. Evidently their enemy was keeping a
-sharp lookout. Apparently there was only one Indian in the bush, but
-neither of the two young pioneers nor their red ally cared to take any
-chances with him. For some moments there was absolute silence in that
-part of the forest where this little drama was being enacted.
-
-Suddenly Deerfoot stirred. He evidently had some scheme he wished to put
-into execution.
-
-“Give Deerfoot hat,” he whispered to Joseph, who lay next to him.
-
-Without hesitation Joseph did as he was told. Deerfoot pulled a strip of
-bark from the fallen tree and placed the hat upon one end of it, while
-he held to the other. Cautiously and slowly he raised the hat until it
-showed above their shelter. Immediately it was fired upon.
-
-Deerfoot turned to his young friends and smiled grimly.
-
-“I do that again,” he whispered. “When he fire, white boys jump to feet
-and fire too. We take him by surprise.”
-
-“A fine idea,” exclaimed Joseph eagerly. “Are you all ready, Bob?”
-
-“All ready,” replied Robert quietly. “Just give me the signal.”
-
-The two boys crouched, guns in hand, ready to spring to their feet
-instantly. Deerfoot also prepared to do his part. He lay on his back and
-slowly raised the hat; it was a nervous moment for the three people
-behind the fallen tree trunk. They did not know whether or not their foe
-would be deceived by their strategy and they could not be sure that only
-one hostile redman lurked in the nearby bush. Day had now come, however,
-and it was high time for them to move on. In a short time that portion
-of Black Hawk’s band which had pursued them the night before might once
-more appear and then their escape would be hopeless.
-
-So gradually did Deerfoot raise the hat that it scarcely seemed to move.
-Little by little, however, it was elevated on the stick until it showed
-above the fallen log. Joseph and Robert waited with every muscle tense,
-ready to spring to their feet the instant their enemy should fire. If
-Deerfoot’s strategy succeeded and if there was only one Indian who
-barred their way the three fugitives would soon be able to resume their
-journey.
-
-After what seemed to the two young pioneers to be a very long time the
-hat appeared above the log. Now was the important moment, and of the
-three persons hiding behind the fallen tree, two of them at least were
-very nervous. The success or failure of their scheme would now be
-determined in a very short time.
-
-When at least two inches of the hat was exposed to view, Deerfoot
-waited. Nothing happened, however. He raised the hat a bit higher. Still
-there was no result. Perhaps their foe suspected a plot and was
-determined not to be caught. That such could be the case seemed most
-improbable, however. Deerfoot raised the hat still a little higher and
-moved it slightly to one side, as if its owner was trying to conceal
-himself behind something.
-
-Bang! A shot suddenly struck the hat squarely in the center and
-splintered the stick, tearing it from Deerfoot’s hand.
-
-“Now, Bob,” exclaimed Joseph, springing to his feet.
-
-Both boys immediately jumped up and taking quick aim fired into the bush
-whence the bullets had come. Then they once more dodged behind the
-sheltering log. A shrill cry at that moment startled them, however, and
-looking up they saw Deerfoot, knife in hand, charging the spot where
-their enemy was located. He uttered the war whoop of the Pottowattomies
-and it was this that the boys had heard.
-
-“We mustn’t let him go alone,” cried Robert, and as he spoke the two
-young woodsmen dashed forward to lend what assistance they could to
-their ally.
-
-There was nothing for them to do, however, when they reached the bush.
-Stretched upon the ground lay the Indian who had so nearly succeeded in
-shooting and perhaps killing one of the three. Hideous he looked in his
-gaudy war paint, smeared as he was with it from head to foot. One glance
-was sufficient to convince the two brothers that their foe was dead, and
-it was hard for them to repress a shudder, as they looked at the cruel
-face on the ground before them, and realized what might have been their
-fate had they fallen into the hands of such an enemy.
-
-“Deerfoot, you mustn’t do that!” exclaimed Joseph suddenly.
-
-Knife in hand Deerfoot was busily engaged in scalping his fallen foe. As
-Joseph spoke, their Indian ally muttered something, but did not stop the
-work in which he was engaged.
-
-“Deerfoot—” began Joseph again, when Robert interrupted him.
-
-“Let him alone, Joe,” he cautioned in a low voice. “It is his custom to
-do that and he won’t like it if we stop him.”
-
-“I guess you’re right,” agreed Joseph. “I can’t look at him, though,”
-and he turned his back on the revolting scene being enacted on the
-ground at his feet. The two young pioneers withdrew a short distance and
-waited for Deerfoot to join them.
-
-“That was a lucky shot that one of us made,” remarked Joseph.
-
-“I should say so,” agreed Robert, who was busily engaged in reloading
-his gun. “I wonder which one of us hit him.”
-
-“I know I didn’t see him when I fired,” said Joseph. “I just aimed at
-the bush and trusted to luck.”
-
-“The same thing I did,” exclaimed Joseph.
-
-“Well, as long as we were successful it doesn’t make much difference who
-it was that hit him, I guess,” said Robert.
-
-At this moment Deerfoot came to the place where the boys were standing.
-Joseph could not help noticing the fresh scalp dangling at the belt of
-the Indian and he felt a chill run up and down his spine at the sight.
-As Robert had said, however, Deerfoot had only done what was customary
-with his people and as he knew no better, he was not to be blamed.
-
-“Come,” said Deerfoot. “Black Hawk soon find trail. Maybe he hear shots
-too. We better go.”
-
-“Where are we going?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“Follow Deerfoot,” replied the Indian calmly.
-
-“I want to go home,” exclaimed Joseph.
-
-“So do I,” echoed Robert. “I want to know what has happened to our
-family.”
-
-“No go home,” protested Deerfoot. “All family dead. You know that.”
-
-“That may be true,” said Joseph, “but I want to see with my own eyes. Do
-you think I could just go away now and never know for sure that all my
-family were dead? Even if they have been killed, and I’m afraid that’s
-what has happened, I want to go back. I want to give them a decent
-burial at least.”
-
-“That’s just the way I feel,” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“You may be killed, too,” protested Deerfoot.
-
-“I’ll take that chance,” insisted Joseph. “You don’t have to go with us
-if you don’t want to, you know. At any rate I think that would be the
-last place they would think of looking for us. They won’t think that
-we’ll dare go back there.”
-
-“That’s right, Joe,” exclaimed his brother. “Are you going with us,
-Deerfoot?”
-
-“Deerfoot go where you go,” said the Indian shortly.
-
-Without another word they set out. Deerfoot led the way as usual, with
-the two brothers following close behind him. Extreme caution was used,
-as they did not know when the hostile band of Indians might suddenly
-loom up in their path. They had covered not more than a mile when
-Deerfoot suddenly held up his hand and the boys instantly came to a full
-stop.
-
-“There house,” said Deerfoot, pointing ahead of him as he spoke.
-
-Sure enough. Through the trees the young brothers could see a clearing
-which they immediately recognized as theirs. They saw no house, however.
-Steadily they crept nearer to the edge of the forest and a heart-rending
-scene lay spread before their eyes. What had once been a sturdy little
-cabin was now a mass of blackened embers from which a thin spiral of
-smoke was still curling.
-
-“Do you suppose it’s safe to go closer?” asked Robert in a
-sorrow-stricken voice. “Out into the clearing, I mean.”
-
-“I don’t know whether it is or not,” replied Joseph. “But I do know that
-I am going anyway.”
-
-The two brothers stepped out from the shelter of the trees and
-approached their ruined home. They held their guns ready for immediate
-use, however, and they were alert to any danger which might arise.
-Deerfoot walked at their side.
-
-“Me keep guard,” he said. “No stay long though, please.”
-
-“No, not long, Deerfoot,” promised Joseph. The Indian took up his post
-in the tiny orchard that the Hall family had nursed so carefully, while
-the two boys went forward to examine the ruins.
-
-The devastation had been complete. The smouldering pile of charred ruins
-alone bore witness to the fact that a house had once stood on the site.
-The two young brothers were too completely overcome to speak for several
-moments. All they could do was to stand and look sorrowfully at the
-ruins of what had once been their home.
-
-“We can’t do much here, I guess,” said Joseph at length.
-
-“No,” replied Robert, choking back a sob. “It looks as though Black Hawk
-and his band have made a good job of it.”
-
-“In those ruins,” went on Joseph bitterly, “undoubtedly lie the bodies
-of our father and mother and our two sisters. Just think of it; at this
-time yesterday they were alive and happy. Now they are all dead, burned
-up by the flames of their own home and no doubt their scalps have been
-taken, just as Deerfoot took the scalp of that Indian in the woods this
-morning.”
-
-“Well,” exclaimed Robert, “one thing is sure and that is that I shall
-never rest until I have avenged their deaths. From now on I swear enmity
-to Black Hawk and all his tribe. I’ll have revenge or die in the
-attempt. That much I’m certain of.”
-
-“Look there!” said Joseph. “They didn’t even spare Shep.”
-
-A few feet away lay the body of a collie dog, a bullet through his
-brain. Shep, the playmate and faithful friend of the Hall family, one
-that had shared their fortunes uncomplainingly, whether they were good
-or bad, had also fallen a victim to the blood lust of the hostile
-redmen.
-
-“We’ll avenge Shep too,” exclaimed Robert earnestly. “Come on, Joe! We
-can’t do any good here and we are probably in danger too. Let’s find
-Deerfoot and get out of here as fast as we can.”
-
-“Where are we going to go?”
-
-“I haven’t an idea. I haven’t thought that far. All I know is I want to
-get away from here. The other settlers ought to be warned too before the
-same thing happens to them that has happened to our family.”
-
-“All right,” agreed Joseph. “Let’s find Deerfoot and go somewhere. I
-don’t care much where it is either.”
-
-When he saw the two brothers approaching to meet him Deerfoot hastened
-toward them.
-
-“Must hurry,” he exclaimed. “I think Black Hawk come soon.”
-
-Not even asking where he intended to go, Joseph and Robert followed
-Deerfoot and in a half-dazed condition walked beside him. To be made
-orphans as suddenly and as unexpectedly as these two boys had been,
-would be a shock to anyone and both young frontiersmen felt their loss
-keenly.
-
-They made their way across the clearing and were just about to enter the
-woods when from behind them came the sharp bark of a rifle. A bullet
-sang above their heads and buried itself in a nearby tree.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
- A HIDDEN RETREAT
-
-
-Neither Joseph nor Robert nor Deerfoot stopped to see who it was that
-had fired at them. Without a word they plunged quickly in among the
-trees and once again started on a race for their lives. From behind them
-came the faint sounds of the war whoops, which only served to increase
-the speed of the three fugitives.
-
-They had baffled and eluded their pursuers the night previous, but could
-they do it again? That was the thought uppermost in the minds of the
-three hunted men who were once more closely pressed by their enemies.
-Certainly they intended to do their utmost.
-
-No sounds reached them from behind now, but this did not mean that their
-foes had given up the chase. The two brothers and their Indian friend
-realized that this time it was to be a race to a finish. Black Hawk and
-his band had been foiled once and consequently it would be all the
-harder to escape them the second time. The three fugitives knew that
-their enemies would keep up the pursuit until the race was definitely
-settled.
-
-On and on Deerfoot led the way until they emerged from the woods onto
-the open prairie. There was an open space, at least a mile wide here,
-bordered on both sides by the forest and directly out upon this Deerfoot
-sped.
-
-“They’ll see us here surely, Deerfoot,” panted Joseph. “We’ll be in
-plain sight and they can easily shoot us down.”
-
-“Follow Deerfoot,” came the short, sharp reply, and neither Joseph nor
-his brother offered any more objections.
-
-Deerfoot did not go far from the shelter of the trees, however. He ran
-perhaps twenty-five or thirty yards from the border of the forest and
-then turned abruptly to his left. The ground was hard here and the trail
-as a consequence difficult to follow. Deerfoot kept on in this new
-course perhaps fifty yards more and then made another sharp turn to his
-left. This brought them back toward the woods once more.
-
-Both boys now saw Deerfoot’s plan. He was doubling on his tracks. The
-ground on the prairie was hard and along the surface of the earth ran a
-vein of solid rock. It would be almost impossible to follow a trail
-there, at least with any degree of speed, and Deerfoot had counted upon
-that as an aid. He hoped to gain a few precious moments by his strategy.
-
-Safe within the shelter of the forest, once more the wily Pottowattomie
-called a halt. The three fugitives crouched behind the shelter of a bush
-and gazed eagerly out across the prairie. They were all out of wind and
-a chance to regain their lost breath was heartily welcomed.
-
-“Think we’ve thrown them off the trail?” whispered Joseph.
-
-“No for long,” replied Deerfoot quietly.
-
-As he spoke an Indian bounded out of the woods, closely followed by
-several more. They all stopped and looked about them in a puzzled
-manner, and as more of their companions at that time joined them, a
-hasty consultation was held. They gesticulated and pointed in all
-directions, evidently at a loss what to do next. One of them pointed to
-the woods beyond the prairie, but evidently the others did not think
-their quarry could have gained enough ground to have reached that
-shelter.
-
-“Come,” said Deerfoot, slinking away. “They find our trail soon.”
-
-“No. Let’s not waste any time,” agreed Robert, and once more the flight
-was resumed. Soon they came to a brook. Into this Deerfoot plunged
-without any hesitation and began making his way down stream as fast as
-he was able. The two brothers followed closely behind, and, imitating
-their guide, they jumped from rock to rock when such a course was
-possible, and at other times they waded in the shallow waters of the
-stream. This was another trick to throw their pursuers off the trail.
-Evidently Deerfoot was using all his skill and cunning.
-
-Down the stream they went for at least a third of a mile before Deerfoot
-decided to try the solid earth again. At a small rocky beach they left
-the brook and struck out through the woods once more. A short time later
-he once more entered the brook and went ashore on the opposite side. He
-was doubling on their tracks continually, and certainly no one but a
-skilled Indian could follow the course he was leading.
-
-After a further flight they came to Fox River. Along its shores were
-marshes overhung with willows. From underneath one of these Deerfoot
-drew a canoe, skillfully hidden in the rushes, and a few moments later
-the three fugitives were seated in this frail craft, paddling swiftly
-down the stream.
-
-“We fool them, I think,” said Deerfoot grimly. “We fool Black Hawk, all
-right. He no catch us now.”
-
-“I hope you’re right,” exclaimed Joseph fervently. “I know I should hate
-to have him catch us.”
-
-“I’ve gotten so I don’t much care what happens,” said Robert, speaking
-with difficulty.
-
-“Why, what’s the matter?” inquired his brother.
-
-“I’m so tired and so hungry, I feel as if it didn’t make much difference
-what becomes of us. Our family is all gone and what’s the use?”
-
-“Don’t talk like that,” protested Joseph. “Weren’t you the one who was
-swearing vengeance only a couple of hours ago?”
-
-“I know it,” admitted Robert mournfully. “Just think, though, we didn’t
-have any sleep last night and we have had no food since yesterday
-sometime. I can’t keep this up much longer.”
-
-“Deerfoot know where food is,” exclaimed the Indian. “We be there soon.
-Also can sleep too.”
-
-He had but little sympathy with Robert’s complaints. It was a part of
-his training, and was bred in the blood of every Indian youth, to endure
-what came and not grumble. Whether he encountered good or bad fortune
-his attitude was the same and he always looked with contempt at what he
-considered the weakness of the white people if they complained of their
-sufferings or misfortunes. He was intensely fond of both Joseph and
-Robert, however, and he did not hold them personally responsible for
-what he regarded as a grave fault. In his heart he blamed their race.
-
-“Thank goodness,” ejaculated Robert in response to Deerfoot’s statement.
-“Food and sleep are the two things I want most of all right now.”
-
-“I need them too,” said Joseph. “I think, however, that our hardships
-have just begun. That is, if we meant what we said this morning about
-avenging our family. I know I meant it anyway.”
-
-“So did I,” exclaimed Robert. “I didn’t mean to be a baby just now and
-it won’t happen again. Here, Deerfoot, let me paddle.”
-
-“No. Deerfoot paddle,” replied the Indian quietly.
-
-His manner immediately changed toward Robert, however, as he saw a
-revival of spirit in the boy. It was never his custom openly to rebuke
-either of his young friends. He set an example and took it for granted
-that the brothers would follow it. He was immensely proud of his young
-pupils, for it was in this light that he regarded them, and stoical as
-he was he could not always hide his feelings.
-
-Down the narrow stream they went about two miles. Here the channel
-became lost in a huge swamp, a place that had always been a mystery and
-an attraction to the two brothers. They had never explored the swamp to
-any extent, however, for they invariably lost their bearings when they
-entered it and experienced difficulty in finding their way out. The
-channel of Fox River was easily discerned and not hard to follow, but
-Deerfoot soon left the channel and bore off to his left.
-
-The reeds and rushes grew high in the swamp. Great overhanging trees
-shut out the sun and made the place dark and gloomy. Here and there
-muskrat houses appeared and more than once these ratlike denizens of the
-marshes could be seen hastening to cover at the approach of the canoe.
-Everything was so still that it had a pronounced effect on the three men
-in the canoe, as they wound their way in and out along the narrow
-waterways.
-
-Deerfoot seemed perfectly sure of his course and did not once hesitate
-as he skillfully maneuvered the frail craft through the swamp. In
-absolute silence they progressed, the hoarse croak of a heron disturbed
-by their approach being the only sound to break the stillness.
-
-The narrow channel suddenly turned sharply to the right and a small
-lagoon appeared before the eyes of the three fugitives. In the center of
-the little lake was an island about a hundred feet square and heavily
-wooded.
-
-“There place,” said Deerfoot calmly.
-
-“Can we land there?” questioned Robert doubtfully. “It looks pretty
-swampy to me.”
-
-“No swamp in middle,” replied the Indian.
-
-A few powerful strokes of the paddle brought them to the shore of the
-tiny island. Beneath the low hanging branches of a great willow tree
-they glided and a moment later stepped ashore. Deerfoot carefully drew
-the canoe out of the water and concealed it behind the screen of a heavy
-growth of bushes.
-
-The ground was wet and marshy near the shore, but a few yards farther
-inland it rose abruptly, affording a firm, dry footing. Robert and
-Joseph followed Deerfoot as he led the way to the very center of the
-island. Here was a log hut, only a few feet high and carefully hidden by
-vines which had grown until they entirely covered the building. A narrow
-window afforded fresh air and a scanty supply of light.
-
-The Indian stooped and unfastened the low door. Then on his hands and
-knees he crawled inside, closely followed by the two young pioneers. To
-say they were surprised to find this retreat would be stating the case
-mildly. Never a word had Deerfoot ever spoken of this island or the hut
-upon it and neither of the boys had ever suspected that such a place was
-located within only a few miles of their own home.
-
-“Just think how many times we have passed this place and yet we’ve never
-known a thing about it,” remarked Joseph.
-
-“Well, I should say so,” exclaimed Robert. They were seated on the hard
-earthen floor of the tiny house, interestedly examining every detail of
-their shelter and hiding place. Robert’s fatigue and hunger had entirely
-given way to his interest in his new surroundings. When Deerfoot
-produced dried venison and corn from a stone closet in one corner,
-however, these two feelings soon returned.
-
-“Food,” said the Indian shortly, offering the provender to the two young
-brothers. “Then sleep.”
-
-No second invitation was needed. The two boys grasped the food like
-starving men and soon ate all that had been given them. Deerfoot offered
-them no more and they both knew better than to ask for it. If the Indian
-had wished them to have more he would have given it to them. A moment
-later, the food gone, they stretched themselves at full length on the
-ground, and immediately fell fast asleep.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
- A NEEDED REST
-
-
-How long he slept neither boy knew. Robert was the first to awaken and
-for some moments he could not remember where he was. The last two days
-had been so crowded with events that it had all seemed a confused and
-horrible dream to the young frontiersman. He rubbed his eyes and sat up,
-bewildered by his strange surroundings.
-
-For some time he sat still, trying to recall where he was and what had
-brought him to this place. He looked about him and the sight of his
-brother Joseph stretched upon the ground by his side suddenly brought a
-remembrance of his recent experiences to his mind. He stretched himself
-and yawned audibly. At the sound Joseph stirred and opened his eyes.
-
-“Hello, Bob,” he said drowsily. “Where are we?”
-
-“That’s just what I was trying to think a moment ago,” replied Robert.
-“I know now though. We’re on Deerfoot’s island in the middle of the
-swamp.”
-
-“Sure enough,” exclaimed Joseph, sitting up. “Where’s Deerfoot?”
-
-“I’ve no idea. I just woke up.”
-
-“What time is it?”
-
-“I don’t know. It’s broad daylight outside though.”
-
-“It must be afternoon then,” said Joseph. “We arrived here sometime in
-the forenoon, I think.”
-
-“Yes, I know we did. I don’t think it’s afternoon though.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“Because I feel very much rested. I think it must be tomorrow morning,
-if you understand what I mean by that remark.”
-
-“You mean we’ve slept nearly all day, and all night, too, I suppose.”
-
-“Yes,” said Robert. “That’s exactly what I mean.”
-
-“Impossible.”
-
-“Not at all. That would only bring us up to our average anyway.”
-
-Joseph made his way to the window and looked out. “Perhaps you’re
-right,” he agreed. “It does look sort of like early morning outside.”
-
-“Don’t you think we ought to find Deerfoot?”
-
-“We might look for him anyway. Let’s go out.”
-
-They crawled out through the low door and after scanning the landscape
-for possible signs of an enemy both stood up. Deerfoot was nowhere to be
-seen.
-
-“Let’s look for the canoe,” suggested Robert. “If that is gone, Deerfoot
-is with it somewhere.”
-
-They walked quickly to the place where the canoe had been hidden, but it
-was not to be found.
-
-“Where do you suppose he has gone?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“I’ve no idea. Scouting, I guess.”
-
-“I hope nothing happens to him,” exclaimed Joseph. “Suppose he should be
-killed. We’d be left in a nice fix; on an island in the middle of a
-swamp we know nothing about, and with no boat to take us off.”
-
-“Don’t worry about anything happening to Deerfoot,” said Robert
-confidently. “He’ll be back here safe and sound before long.”
-
-“I hope you’re right. Let’s go back to the hut and wait there.”
-
-A few moments later the boys seated themselves in front of the little
-log cabin. They sat where the sun would shine directly upon them, for
-the early morning air was cold. They took especial care, however, to
-select a place where they would not be exposed to the view of any chance
-passerby. They knew enough about Indians to realize that one can never
-be too careful when attempting to remain hidden from them. An Indian
-will see the smoke of a camp fire for miles distant; the slightest noise
-will alarm him, and a trail is an open book for him to read.
-
-“Do you suppose Black Hawk and his band could trace us here?”
-
-“I doubt it,” said Joseph in response to his brother’s query. “They
-might have followed our trail up to the spot where we took the canoe. I
-don’t see how any human being could track us to this island though. If
-we are discovered it will only be by luck.”
-
-Though hidden from the sight of passersby, the two boys were in a
-position where they could see all that occurred on the lagoon. As his
-brother finished speaking Robert half rose to his feet.
-
-“Look!” he exclaimed.
-
-“It’s Deerfoot,” said Joseph, gazing in the direction Robert indicated.
-
-Across the lagoon sped the canoe, propelled by the expert paddle of the
-Pottowattomie. A moment later Deerfoot landed, drew the canoe ashore and
-approached the cabin door where the boys were seated. In one hand he
-held a string of perch and in the other he carried a duck.
-
-What the two brothers both noticed at once, however, was the fact that
-from his belt now dangled two scalps where the day previous there had
-been but one. Neither boy dared ask an explanation, however, for they
-knew that if Deerfoot cared to tell of his exploit he would do so
-voluntarily. Questions would have no effect upon him other than to make
-him angry, for curiosity as to other people’s affairs was always
-regarded by an Indian as very bad breeding.
-
-“Boys sleep long,” said Deerfoot, when he had come to the place where
-they were seated.
-
-“Yes, Deerfoot,” agreed Joseph. “We were very tired.”
-
-“Me catch fish and duck,” said the Indian.
-
-“So we see,” laughed Joseph. “How did you do it?”
-
-“Fish with hook. Duck with snare. How you s’pose?”
-
-“I didn’t know,” replied Joseph meekly. He considered Deerfoot’s reply a
-rebuke, for evidently the Indian took it for granted that he should know
-how the game had been captured. The Pottowattomie did not care for
-useless questions.
-
-“Did you see anything of Black Hawk?” asked Robert.
-
-“No see him,” replied Deerfoot, who at once began the work of cleaning
-the fish he had caught. Robert asked no more questions and as Deerfoot
-did not offer to tell how he had captured the second scalp, the matter
-was evidently closed, at least for the present. Both boys were burning
-with curiosity, but to no purpose. Some day perhaps, if Deerfoot felt so
-inclined, he would tell them all about his exploit, but this he
-apparently did not consider the proper time to do so.
-
-“How long do you expect to stay here, Deerfoot?” inquired Joseph after
-several moments of silence. The Indian was cleaning the last fish and he
-made no reply until he had finished. The task did not consume much time,
-however, for the Pottowattomie was an expert in this art. He laid the
-fish upon a flat stone with the others, wiped his knife clean and then
-answered Joseph’s question.
-
-“We leave tonight,” he said.
-
-“Where are we going?” demanded Joseph and Robert in one breath.
-
-“Dixon’s Ferry.”
-
-“Dixon’s Ferry!” exclaimed Joseph. “Why, that’s a long distance from
-here.”
-
-“I know,” agreed Deerfoot. “We go there. Soldiers there, too.”
-
-“Is that so?” cried Joseph in surprise. “You mean soldiers sent against
-Black Hawk?”
-
-“Yes,” said the Indian. “Governor Reynolds send soldiers.”
-
-“How do you know all this?” inquired Robert doubtfully.
-
-“Me know,” replied Deerfoot shortly. He did not like to have his
-statements questioned, and immediately lapsed into silence. He ignored
-any further remarks on the subject made by either of the brothers, and
-busied himself in his preparations for the meal.
-
-He quickly brought dried birch logs from inside the cabin and a moment
-later had a cheerful fire blazing. The wood he used did not smoke, so
-that any danger on that score was removed. As soon as the fire was well
-under way he seized the captured duck, holding it by its head with one
-hand and by its feet with the other. A moment later all of its feathers
-were singed off by the fire and he soon had the wild fowl skillfully
-prepared for cooking.
-
-Before long a splendid bed of coals had collected and in these Deerfoot
-placed the fish. The duck he spitted on a sharp stick and soon the
-savory smell of cooking food reminded the young pioneers how hungry they
-were. When the perch were done they were rolled in corn meal and quickly
-disappeared down the throats of the three fugitives. When the duck was
-eaten and the fire extinguished they settled back against the side of
-the cabin, feeling very much at peace with the world, in spite of their
-precarious position.
-
-“Not dark for long while,” said Deerfoot. “Boys better sleep.”
-
-“What?” exclaimed Joseph. “You don’t think we can sleep all the time, do
-you? I feel as if I never wanted to sleep again.”
-
-“You feel different tomorrow maybe.”
-
-“That may be so, but I can’t sleep now, that’s sure. How do you feel,
-Bob?”
-
-“Entirely slept out,” replied Robert, his remark followed by a yawn,
-however.
-
-All three lapsed into silence while they scanned the surrounding
-landscape and wished for the coming of night. The quiet of the swamp was
-undisturbed save for the occasional call of a wild fowl or a splash
-caused by the jump of a fish. The wind blowing gently through the trees
-and rushes furnished a drowsy hum as a background to the other noises.
-As far as one could judge from appearances in the swamp, all the world
-was at peace. Little would anyone suspect that the three men on the tiny
-island had been forced to seek that refuge because of hostile Indians.
-
-“Where is Black Hawk’s village?” asked Joseph suddenly.
-
-“Where Rock River meet Mississippi,” replied Deerfoot. “That was his
-village.”
-
-“Why do you say _was_?”
-
-“White people take it away from him,” said Deerfoot.
-
-“Is that why he’s fighting?” inquired Joseph. “If they stole his
-village, then I don’t blame him.”
-
-“Don’t forget this though,” exclaimed Robert hotly. “The Whites may have
-cheated the Indians lots of times, but just the same the Sacs signed a
-treaty to move across the Mississippi, and they have refused to go. At
-any rate nothing can excuse their killing our family. We did nothing to
-Black Hawk or any of his people and I intend to get even if I can. How
-can the country ever expect to be settled if the people are liable to be
-murdered at any moment?”
-
-“That’s true,” agreed Joseph. “It’s hard to blame Black Hawk from his
-point of view though. He probably thinks he’s entitled to all this land
-and that every white settler is a thief who is trying to steal from
-him.”
-
-“Black Hawk isn’t the head of his tribe anyway,” continued Robert.
-“Keokuk is the big chief, isn’t he, Deerfoot?”
-
-“That right,” grunted the Indian. “Black Hawk the war chief. He
-fighter.”
-
-“All Pottowattomies are fighters, aren’t they?” said Robert, at the same
-time covertly nudging Joseph as he spoke. Deerfoot merely grunted but
-his eyes shone at this remark of his young white friend, and
-unconsciously he felt for the two scalps at his belt. They were not
-there, however, but stretched on frames, were drying in the sun before
-the cabin. They presented a gruesome sight but one from which the
-brothers found difficulty in keeping their gaze.
-
-Both boys smiled at the pride exhibited by Deerfoot in response to
-Robert’s insinuation as to the prowess of the Pottowattomies. For some
-time they lazily discussed Black Hawk and his deeds.
-
-Finally Deerfoot stretched himself at full length on the ground and
-straightway fell asleep. In spite of their long rest the two brothers
-soon followed his example; they had been more tired than they realized
-and were soon in the land of dreams. They were awakened by Deerfoot
-shaking them gently by the shoulder. When they opened their eyes it was
-dusk.
-
-“Come,” urged Deerfoot. “Time to go.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
- A NEW DANGER
-
-
-Deerfoot offered the two boys dried venison and some cakes made of corn
-meal. The three fugitives partook heartily of this simple repast and
-then prepared to continue their flight. Silently and with extreme
-caution they made their way to the place where the canoe lay hidden and
-a few moments later all three embarked. The night was dark, but this
-fact did not seem to trouble Deerfoot. He wielded the paddle and with
-strong, sure strokes propelled the light canoe swiftly over the waters
-of the lagoon.
-
-In a short time they were once more among the rushes and through the
-narrow waterways Deerfoot paddled the frail craft as confidently as a
-man might walk down the street of some familiar town. Joseph and Robert
-crouched low in the canoe, made no sound, but constantly marveled at the
-skill of their Indian friend, who so easily found his way in the
-marshes.
-
-Presently they emerged from the swamp into the main channel of the
-river. As close to the shore as possible Deerfoot steered his course and
-now did scarcely more than guide the canoe; he allowed the current to
-carry them along. Although it was somewhat sluggish here, the Indian
-seemed to be content with the speed they were making. So quietly did the
-canoe drift down the stream and so dark was the night that an observer
-from the shore might easily have mistaken the ghostlike object for a
-floating log.
-
-The motion of the canoe was so soothing and all about them everything
-seemed so quiet and peaceful that the two brothers almost forgot the
-danger they were in, and had nearly fallen asleep again when the grating
-of the bow on a sandy beach quickly aroused them.
-
-“Out here,” whispered Deerfoot.
-
-A moment later the canoe had been hauled ashore and hidden, and without
-further delay Joseph and Robert followed their Indian guide as he struck
-out through the woods.
-
-On the river the night had seemed dark, but in the woods it was pitchy
-black. The great overhanging trees shut out whatever feeble light the
-stars might give, so that the forest was inky dark. As a consequence
-progress was very slow. Deerfoot did not even for a moment relax his
-caution; the three fugitives proceeded one behind the other and so close
-that they could almost touch one another. Speed was sacrificed to
-quietness and as a consequence it required the better part of an hour to
-traverse this strip of woods, though it was only a half-mile wide.
-
-At last they emerged from the shelter of the forest onto the prairie.
-Far ahead of them it stretched like the waters of a huge lake,
-apparently boundless in its extent. Bushes formed the only cover on this
-vast expanse of level country and both Joseph and Robert could not help
-wondering what they should do if their enemies should discover them
-while they were crossing this plain. There was no choice, however, if
-they wished to reach Dixon’s Ferry, and the chance must be taken.
-
-Soon their progress was more rapid. Swiftly they walked and as the moon
-broke from behind a cloud its rays made the three figures look like
-ghosts, as, bending low, they hurried forward on their perilous journey.
-Mile after mile they covered and scarcely a word had been spoken since
-they left Deerfoot’s hut on the island in the swamp. Finally, however,
-the Indian called a halt.
-
-“We rest here,” he exclaimed, pointing to a clump of bushes nearby as he
-spoke.
-
-“Good,” said Joseph heartily. “That was a fast pace, Deerfoot.”
-
-“Huh,” grunted the Indian. “Must hurry.”
-
-“Are we going to travel all day, too?” inquired Robert. He had sunk to
-the ground as soon as their march had ceased, and now, stripped of his
-gun, he lay at full length upon the earth.
-
-“No,” said Deerfoot in response to Robert’s question. “We stay Scott’s
-today.”
-
-“Scott’s!” exclaimed Robert. “Where is that?”
-
-“On prairie,” replied Deerfoot. “You know Scott’s.”
-
-“I do,” said Joseph, turning to his brother as he spoke. “Don’t you
-remember that family that stopped at our house about five or six years
-ago, Bob? They had come from Virginia and we heard later that they had
-settled out on the prairie here. You must remember them.”
-
-“I sort of recall something about them,” agreed Robert. “How far from
-here is their house, Deerfoot?”
-
-“Six miles.”
-
-“We’ll reach there early in the morning then, won’t we?”
-
-“Daylight,” said Deerfoot. “We stay here half-hour, then go on again.”
-
-“When ought we to reach Dixon’s Ferry?” asked Joseph.
-
-“Tomorrow, mebbe. Mebbe next day,” grunted Deerfoot, and rolling over on
-his back the Indian immediately fell asleep.
-
-“Look at that,” exclaimed Joseph. “He is just like a dog and can go to
-sleep whenever he feels like it. I wish I could do it.”
-
-“It’s all practice,” said Robert. “Deerfoot has been trained to it all
-his life and that’s why he can do it now.”
-
-“Well, you and I had better try to rest, too,” said Joseph, as he
-stretched himself on the ground beside Deerfoot.
-
-“Suppose we all go to sleep and no one wakes up in a half an hour?”
-
-“Don’t worry about that. Deerfoot will wake up all right.”
-
-The brothers lapsed into silence but they did not sleep. They had had
-more rest than Deerfoot recently and were not in such need of sleep as
-was their guide. In addition, the ground was hard and lumpy, and no
-matter which way they adjusted themselves it seemed as if some
-particularly hard bump was immediately underneath them. The ground was
-hard and the grass was dry, for but little rain had fallen recently, and
-this fact only served to make their beds more uncomfortable. They
-obtained some rest, however, and were ready to start again when Deerfoot
-gave the word.
-
-He opened his eyes presently and sat up. A moment later he sprang to his
-feet, while the two brothers quickly followed his example.
-
-“Wind blow now,” grunted Deerfoot.
-
-“It is freshening,” agreed Joseph. “It’s right in our faces too.”
-
-It was at least two hours before the dawn when they once more resumed
-their march. The wind blowing over the prairie was cool in their faces
-and sweet with the odor of grass and the earth. Soon they would come to
-the Scott’s home where they were confident that they would be heartily
-welcomed and furnished with a sumptuous meal. Perhaps the Scotts would
-join them in their flight to Dixon’s Ferry; at any rate they could be
-warned of the presence of warlike Indians in the vicinity. These and
-similar thoughts occupied the minds of the two brothers as they hurried
-on their way.
-
-They had covered perhaps five of the six miles when Deerfoot suddenly
-stopped. He bent slightly forward as if he was listening to something,
-and imitating him Joseph and Robert both listened intently. No sound
-came to them, however, but evidently the case was different with
-Deerfoot. For some moments he remained in a listening attitude, and then
-turned to his young friends.
-
-“War whoop,” he said quietly.
-
-“What!” exclaimed Joseph and Robert together.
-
-“War whoop,” repeated Deerfoot. “Black Hawk kill Scotts.”
-
-“Are you sure?” demanded Joseph. “Are you sure you hear war whoops?”
-
-“Ugh,” grunted Deerfoot.
-
-“This is terrible!” cried Joseph. “It seems as if we ought to have
-warned them. What shall we do?”
-
-“How could we have warned them?” demanded Robert. “We’d have been killed
-ourselves if we had tried to get here any sooner.”
-
-“But what shall we do?”
-
-“I don’t know. Ask Deerfoot.”
-
-The first faint streaks of dawn were now lighting up the sky. Little by
-little objects began to be distinguishable and as Joseph turned to
-Deerfoot for an answer to his question, the Indian pointed to something
-he saw in the distance. Both boys instantly gazed in the direction he
-indicated.
-
-“What is it?” demanded Joseph in a low voice.
-
-“Smoke.”
-
-“Sure enough,” cried Robert. “I see it. They are burning the Scotts’
-house just as they burned ours. They’re probably all dead by now.”
-
-Deerfoot was evidently uneasy. He shifted from one foot to the other and
-glanced about him as if he was undecided what to do next. The three
-fugitives simply stood and gazed at the distant column of smoke.
-
-“You can smell the smoke now,” exclaimed Robert suddenly.
-
-“Yes,” agreed Joseph. “The wind is coming this way.”
-
-“So fire,” said Deerfoot.
-
-“What do you mean by that?” asked Joseph.
-
-“Fire come this way, too.”
-
-“How will it?”
-
-“Prairie burn,” said Deerfoot quietly.
-
-“Do you think the prairie will catch on fire?” demanded Joseph in alarm.
-“Do you think it is dry enough?”
-
-The two young pioneers gazed anxiously across the level plain to the
-place where the fire was raging. They knew the horrors of a prairie fire
-and they had no desire to be caught in the midst of one.
-
-“Sure prairie dry,” grunted Deerfoot.
-
-“We’d better leave here as fast as we can then, hadn’t we?” exclaimed
-Joseph, now fully alarmed. As he spoke they could see the fire suddenly
-spring up all about the former home of the Scotts. Fanned by the ever
-freshening breeze it made its way swiftly along the ground and gathering
-power as it ran, leaped into flame and started on its mad career.
-
-“Come,” said Deerfoot, and he turned about and ran. The smell of smoke
-was now strong in their nostrils and this new foe, much more deadly than
-the former ones, inspired the fugitives with a fear that seemed almost
-to put wings on their feet. A deer suddenly passed them, wide-eyed and
-snorting with fright; close behind it sped two gray wolves, the fact
-that the deer was their quarry apparently being forgotten in the fear of
-a common peril.
-
-To escape by running around the fire was out of the question. It not
-only traveled straight ahead, but as it came it continually widened its
-scope, the wall of flame and smoke growing broader and broader with
-every moment that passed.
-
-The three men ran as they never had run before. Behind them roared the
-racing fire, the noise striking terror to the heart of every living
-thing within hearing distance. Side by side ran men and animals, their
-ancient enmities forgotten, everyone aware of the fact that a foe more
-powerful than any of them was at their backs. Water was what they all
-sought, and unless they could reach it before the fire did they were
-lost.
-
-Neither Joseph nor Robert knew of any water nearer than the stream they
-had left the evening before. It was out of the question to think of
-gaining that. Perhaps Deerfoot knew of some lake or pond on the prairie.
-At any rate he could not stop to say so now, and meanwhile the fire
-raged behind them, ever nearer and constantly increasing in fury.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
- A NARROW ESCAPE
-
-
-The heat from the fire now reached the fleeing men. All the animals had
-far outdistanced them in their flight and these three were left behind
-to continue the race. There was no doubt that the fire was gaining on
-them rapidly. The air about them was full of smoke which choked and at
-times nearly strangled the three fugitives. As far as either Joseph or
-Robert could see, there was no place of refuge ahead of them and both
-boys were now fully convinced that escape was well nigh impossible. They
-were determined to die fighting, however, and to keep going until the
-very last.
-
-Joseph glanced behind him as he ran. As he caught a glimpse of the great
-wall of smoke and flame he could not help thinking, even in this moment
-of extreme peril, of the pictures he used to see in the fairy books. The
-prairie fire he likened to the great dragons that always guarded the
-ancient treasures. Flame and smoke always issued from their mouths and
-nostrils, and so tortured was the boy’s mind that he suddenly gained the
-impression that he was being pursued by one of these dragons. Could he
-escape the ravenous beast? That was the question.
-
-Like a race horse, the fire galloped forward over the prairie. The air
-was now filled with sparks, while the roar of the seething conflagration
-grew ever louder in the ears of the fleeing men. Ahead of them, perhaps
-a quarter of a mile, appeared a row of bushes, and toward this spot
-Deerfoot seemed to be making his way. Just why he did this neither
-Robert nor Joseph knew, but they followed blindly the lead of their
-guide.
-
-Robert was wondering if by any miracle they could escape the awful peril
-now almost at their heels. Joseph was bent on escaping the dragon
-roaring behind them, and somehow he felt that if they could reach the
-clump of bushes they would be safe. Why he felt this way he could not
-have explained. They were now within two hundred yards of the bushes,
-while the fire was not more than twice that distance behind them. The
-three fugitives were almost exhausted and the fire traveled with at
-least double the speed that they could make. Consequently the race was
-an even one.
-
-Neither boy had discarded his rifle. It was almost second nature for a
-frontiersman to cling to his gun and these two boys were no exception to
-the rule. Grimly they hung on to their rifles, and stumbling now and
-then, they still plunged blindly forward. Nearer and nearer they came to
-the bushes; closer and closer swept the fire. “Can we reach the bushes?”
-thought Robert, and “Can we escape the dragon?” Joseph kept repeating
-again and again to himself.
-
-A hundred yards in back of them roared the flames. Scarcely forty yards
-ahead were the bushes. They were almost enveloped by the smoke and
-sparks now and it was hard to see clearly. Robert obtained a glimpse of
-what he took to be a gully just the other side of the bushes. To
-Joseph’s distorted vision appeared a moat with a castle on the opposite
-side; a guard stood at the portcullis ready to let it fall. Could he
-slip through before the dragon seized him?
-
-Just in front of the two brothers was Deerfoot. By words, lost in the
-roar of the fire, and by gestures he urged the boys on. Their eyes
-smarted from the smoke and their hearts and lungs seemed to have reached
-the bursting point, so great was the strain placed upon them. Blindly
-they staggered forward, their rifles still clutched firmly in their
-hands. They could see the bushes dimly, only a few steps in front of
-them now, while the fire seemed almost at their side.
-
-Neither boy knew just why he was striving so hard to reach this row of
-bushes. What protection could they afford? They were determined to reach
-this spot, however, and with one last supreme effort they forced their
-lagging feet forward. They could feel the bushes brush their clothes as
-they came among them, and then the earth seemed suddenly to give way
-under their feet and they plunged forward headlong.
-
-After a space of time that might have been minutes, or days for that
-matter, as far as he at the moment was able to estimate passing time,
-Joseph opened his eyes, for he had lost consciousness when he fell. He
-was lying flat on his back while Deerfoot and Robert splashed water in
-his face.
-
-“Where is the dragon?” he exclaimed, trying to rise.
-
-“What dragon?” asked Robert, smiling at his brother’s remark.
-
-“Why, the dragon that chased us of course.”
-
-“You mean the fire, I guess.”
-
-“It was a fire after all, wasn’t it?” exclaimed Joseph dazedly. “Somehow
-I got the idea into my head that it was a dragon. I guess I was out of
-my head.”
-
-“Well, that fire was much worse than a dragon or any other animal that
-ever lived,” said Robert feelingly. “I tell you we had a narrow escape.”
-
-“Where are we anyway?”
-
-“Get up and look for yourself, if you feel strong enough.”
-
-Slowly and with difficulty Joseph raised himself to his feet. Glancing
-about him he discovered that they were resting near the bank of a small
-stream on both sides of which the ground rose abruptly ten or twelve
-feet. So this was the place to which Deerfoot had led them. How lucky it
-was that their Indian friend had been familiar enough with the country
-to know of this place of refuge. As if in a dream Joseph passed his hand
-across his forehead. It was wet and glancing at his fingers he
-discovered that they were covered with blood.
-
-“What happened to me?” he demanded.
-
-“You cut your head on a sharp stone when you fell,” explained Robert.
-“It’s only a scalp wound though and will soon heal up.”
-
-“Where is the fire?”
-
-“It jumped this gully, just after we jumped into it,” laughed Robert.
-“You can hear it roaring on across the prairie now.”
-
-“Where’s my gun?” exclaimed Joseph suddenly.
-
-“There,” said Robert, pointing to Deerfoot. “Your gun landed in the
-water and Deerfoot rescued it for you.” The Indian was busily engaged in
-cleaning and drying Joseph’s rifle, but as Robert spoke he looked up
-from his task.
-
-“Gun go off,” he said quietly.
-
-“What do you mean?” cried Joseph.
-
-“See,” said Deerfoot, at the same time pointing to his left sleeve. The
-Indian’s hunting shirt showed a ragged hole, while on it were spots of
-blood.
-
-“You mean it went off and hit you?” exclaimed Robert. “I didn’t know
-that, Deerfoot. Why didn’t you tell me?”
-
-“Ugh,” grunted the Indian in his non-committal manner.
-
-“Let me see it,” demanded Joseph in alarm as he grasped Deerfoot by the
-arm and pulled up his sleeve. The bullet had grazed the flesh of the
-forearm, breaking the skin, but doing no serious hurt.
-
-“Whew!” gasped Joseph. “It’s a lucky thing it didn’t kill you, Deerfoot.
-Certainly it isn’t my fault that you’re alive now. Why aren’t you angry
-with me?”
-
-“No your fault,” replied the Indian, gazing into the eyes of his young
-white friend. Deerfoot, like the rest of his race, disliked to display
-his emotions if it could be avoided; but the Pottowattomie often had a
-hard task to conceal his affection for the two young brothers.
-
-“What would we ever do if we lost you?” cried Joseph. “You’re all we
-have left now, Deerfoot.”
-
-The Indian’s eyes grew moist at this remark and he turned quickly away.
-He washed Joseph’s cut and his own wound and then bound a strip of
-Joseph’s shirt around the cut in his head. He then scrambled up the side
-of the gully to gaze out over the prairie.
-
-“What are we going to do now?” inquired Joseph a few moments later when
-Deerfoot had returned to the spot where the two boys were seated.
-
-“We stay here today. Go on tonight,” replied Deerfoot.
-
-“Isn’t it safe to travel in the daylight?”
-
-“No,” answered Deerfoot. “Anyway, prairie too hot.”
-
-“That’s true,” exclaimed Robert. “I never thought of that. The grass and
-bushes in the path of the fire must still be smouldering. We’d probably
-burn holes in our moccasins if we started now.”
-
-“Mine can’t stand much either,” said Joseph, ruefully looking at his
-feet. “We’ve given them some hard usage lately.”
-
-“I should say so.”
-
-Deerfoot completed the task of cleaning Joseph’s gun, and then holding
-it under his arm he sauntered off along the bank of the stream. “Be back
-soon,” he called as he disappeared from view around a projecting corner
-of the bank. The two boys now left alone, sat on the ground and
-discussed their experiences and what was ahead of them.
-
-“I wish we were at Dixon’s Ferry,” exclaimed Robert fervently.
-
-“No more than I do,” said Joseph.
-
-“I must confess,” continued Robert, “that I don’t like this business of
-traveling all night and never knowing when an Indian may jump out from
-behind some tree and tomahawk me.”
-
-“Well,” said Joseph, “when we reach Dixon’s Ferry we’ll be all right. I
-wonder how many troops are there and what they intend to do?”
-
-“I’ve no idea. We’ll know when we get there.”
-
-“If that ever happens.”
-
-“You’re getting as bad as I am,” laughed Robert. “Let’s not be so
-discouraged. Deerfoot will bring us through all right.”
-
-“Do you think he knows what is going on at Dixon’s Ferry?”
-
-“I don’t know. He wouldn’t tell us if he did.”
-
-“Evidently the Indians must have been causing trouble for some time,”
-remarked Joseph. “Otherwise the governor wouldn’t have sent soldiers
-after them as soon as this.”
-
-“That’s right, I guess,” Robert agreed. “Probably that band which
-attacked us was only a detachment of the main body. It was undoubtedly
-the same one that burned the Scotts’ home and started this fire, too.”
-
-“Probably it was. If we ever reach Dixon’s Ferry we’ll know it all. Do
-you suppose they’ll let us enlist?”
-
-“They will if they have any volunteers. They’ll have a hard time keeping
-me out, that’s sure.”
-
-“I wish—” began Joseph when the sound of a rifle shot suddenly cut him
-short. Both boys sprang to their feet in alarm. The report came from the
-direction in which Deerfoot had gone and instantly the two boys’ minds
-were filled with visions of dreadful things happening to their friend.
-
-“Bring your rifle and come along,” cried Joseph as he began to run along
-the bank of the stream. Robert was with him in an instant.
-
-“Hold back here, Joe,” he urged. “Let me go ahead; I’ve got the gun.
-Take it slow, too.”
-
-Cautiously they approached the bend in the river, Robert slightly in the
-lead. He was holding his rifle ready for instant use and both boys were
-prepared for any emergency. As they turned in their course they spied
-Deerfoot. He was approaching them, holding his rifle in one hand and an
-enormous jack rabbit in the other. He could not repress a grin of
-amusement as he saw the hostile attitude of his two young friends.
-
-“We thought you’d been attacked,” exclaimed Joseph heaving a great sigh
-of relief.
-
-“Me shoot rabbit,” replied Deerfoot.
-
-“So we see,” remarked Joseph. “Don’t you think, though, that somebody
-might have heard the shot and that it may get us into trouble?”
-
-“Nobody to hear shot,” said Deerfoot. “Nobody on prairie after fire.”
-
-“I guess that’s true enough,” laughed Robert. “I’m glad to see that old
-rabbit, too. I suppose he was hiding from the fire as well as we were.”
-
-“Yes,” said Deerfoot. “He hid. Me find him though.”
-
-The two brothers set to work collecting such wood as they could find in
-the gully and that had escaped the flames; Deerfoot at the same time was
-busily engaged in skinning the rabbit.
-
-In a short time a fire had been kindled and the odor of roast rabbit
-filled the air. The meat was delicious, somewhat similar to chicken in
-flavor, and soon only bones remained to testify that a rabbit had once
-been near that spot.
-
-Frequently Deerfoot scanned the horizon with a watchful eye and the day
-was spent in talk and rest. As darkness once more stole over the land,
-Deerfoot gave the word and again the three fugitives set out on their
-tramp to Dixon’s Ferry.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
- AN INDIAN LEGEND
-
-
-Two days later they reached their destination. The journey had been a
-hard one and it was with a great feeling of relief that the three
-wearied travelers entered the small settlement on Rock River at Dixon’s
-Ferry. On their way they had endured many hardships. Driving rainstorms
-on the prairies had drenched them to the skin and often they had been
-forced to flounder their way through deep marshes and swamps.
-
-They had crossed the old Sac trail to Canada on their journey. This
-tribe, years before, had made its way into Illinois and Wisconsin
-through the lower Michigan peninsula, its original home being north of
-the Great Lakes. Deerfoot explained this fact to his young friends, who
-evinced much interest at the sight of the old Indian highway. From Black
-Hawk’s village on the Mississippi it ran east to the Illinois River
-which it crossed several miles north of Hennepin where the river turns
-almost at right angles. Thence it led along the river to the shores of
-Lake Michigan and then continued northward into Canada.
-
-At Dixon’s Ferry there was much bustle and excitement. Over three
-hundred men were gathered there under the command of Majors Isaiah
-Stillman and David Bailey. All volunteers they were and made a reckless,
-dare-devil force. They had been resting several days and were all
-impatient at the delay. They were equipped with an abundance of
-ammunition and supplies, and could see no reason why they should not be
-allowed to start at once in pursuit of Black Hawk and his band of
-warriors.
-
-The two brothers and their Pottowattomie ally were enthusiastically
-received by these men, especially so when Joseph told of the massacre of
-his family, and how eager they were to avenge it. Fresh clothes had been
-at once provided for the new members of the battalion, for they had lost
-no time in enlisting. A tent was assigned to them and a hearty meal
-provided.
-
-“I don’t like this delay,” exclaimed one of the volunteers, Walter Hood
-by name, to Joseph and Robert. They were seated just outside of the tent
-occupied by the two brothers and Deerfoot. The Indian had gone off
-somewhere and Hood, an old trapper, had stopped to chat with the boys.
-“No sir,” he repeated. “I don’t like this delay. I want to be on the
-trail of them redskins and git the job over with.”
-
-“What’s the reason for the delay?” inquired Joseph.
-
-“We’re waiting for more soldiers, that’s what it is. There’s a whole lot
-of them on their way here now, and they ought to reach here at almost
-any minute. I wish we could go along without ’em.”
-
-“How many soldiers are on their way here, Mr. Hood?” asked Robert.
-
-“Sixteen hundred or so, but don’t you call me Mister Hood. My name is
-‘Walt.’ That is what I’ve been called all my life and I don’t intend to
-change now.”
-
-“All right,” laughed Robert. “I’d be very glad to call you ‘Walt.’”
-
-“And you, too,” exclaimed the old trapper turning to Joseph. “I don’t
-want no funny business from you either.”
-
-“I swear,” agreed Joseph solemnly, at the same time raising his right
-hand. “Tell us about these troops though,” he added.
-
-“Well,” said Walt, “there’s about sixteen hundred of them as I told you.
-Of that number nearly thirteen hundred is on horseback. Governor
-Reynolds is with the troops, who are commanded by Generals Atkinson and
-Whiteside. All this news I got from a messenger who arrived here this
-morning.”
-
-“Where are they coming from?” asked Joseph.
-
-“From Fort Armstrong. That’s down on the Mississippi you know, right
-close to Black Hawk’s village and right near Rock Island, too.”
-
-“We’ll have about two thousand men in a few days then, won’t we?”
-exclaimed Joseph. “I don’t believe Black Hawk has half that many, do
-you?”
-
-“I don’t think so,” agreed Walt. “That’s why I want to get started now
-and not wait for the others. We’ve got enough men here now to lick all
-the Indians in North America as it is.”
-
-“That’s the way my father used to talk,” remarked Robert quietly. “It is
-a mistake to think that way in my opinion.”
-
-“Please don’t ever say such a thing before Deerfoot, anyway,” urged
-Joseph. “He is one of the finest men that ever lived and I wouldn’t
-offend him for anything in the world.”
-
-“I’ll remember that,” Walt promised. “All Indians aren’t bad anyway,” he
-added so seriously that both boys laughed.
-
-“Did you ever know any well?” asked Robert.
-
-“Yes, indeed. I trapped all one winter with an Ojibway up in Canada. He
-was a fine fellow and amusing, too. At night we used to sit around our
-fire and smoke and once in a while I could get him to talk. He knew all
-the Indian stories and legends from start to finish and they were mighty
-interesting, too.”
-
-“Tell us some of them,” urged Joseph eagerly.
-
-“Well, now,” said Walt slowly. “I don’t know as I can remember them.
-Certainly I can’t tell ’em the way he did.”
-
-“That doesn’t make any difference,” exclaimed Joseph. “Tell them as best
-you can and that will be good enough for us. Isn’t that so, Bob?”
-
-“I should say so,” agreed Robert heartily. “I love those Indian
-legends.”
-
-“All right then,” said Walt. “I’ll try my best. Did you ever hear the
-legend of ‘The Lone Lightning’?”
-
-“Never,” cried both boys. “Tell us that one,” urged Joseph eagerly.
-
-The old trapper filled his pipe deliberately. When it was lighted and he
-had settled himself comfortably against the trunk of a tree and taken a
-few big puffs, he began his story.
-
-“Once upon a time there was a little orphan boy. He lived with his uncle
-who treated him very badly and gave him but little to eat. As a result
-the boy pined away and was thin and slight and never grew much. This
-treatment went on for a long time and finally the uncle pretended to be
-greatly ashamed of the way he had abused his nephew. He commenced to
-feed the boy all he could eat in order to fatten him and to make up for
-the hard usage he had received. The uncle’s real plan, however, was to
-kill the boy by overfeeding him.
-
-“He told his wife to give the boy plenty of bear’s meat, especially the
-fat, as that was supposed to be the best part. They used to force food
-on the boy and one day they nearly choked him to death by trying to cram
-it down his throat. The boy finally escaped from the lodge, however, and
-fled into the woods. He did not know his way about and soon got lost.
-Night fell and the boy was afraid. He climbed high into the branches of
-a tall pine tree so that the wild animals could not reach him and while
-up there he fell asleep. While he was asleep he had a dream.
-
-“A person appeared to him from the sky and said, ‘My poor little lad, I
-pity you, and the bad usage you have received from your uncle has led me
-to visit you; follow me, and step in my tracks.’ Immediately the boy
-awoke and he rose up and followed his guide, mounting higher and higher
-into the air until finally he reached the sky. Here he was given twelve
-arrows and told to go to the northern skies where there was a great many
-manitous or spirits whom he must try to ambush and kill.
-
-“So the lad set out and finally came to that part of the sky. He shot
-eleven of his twelve arrows in an attempt to kill the manitous, but he
-was unsuccessful. Every time he shot an arrow there was a long and
-solitary streak of lightning in the sky; then all became clear again and
-not a cloud or spot could be seen. The boy now had but one arrow left
-and he held this a long time while he searched all about to spy the
-manitous he was after. This was not an easy task, however, for these
-manitous were very cunning and could change their form instantly. They
-feared the boy’s arrows, for they were magic, and had been given to him
-by a good spirit. They had power to kill the manitous if only they were
-aimed right.
-
-“Finally the boy discovered the chief of the manitous. He drew his last
-arrow, aimed it carefully and let it fly. He had directed his aim
-straight at the heart of his enemy, but before the arrow could reach him
-the manitou changed himself into a rock. Into this rock the last magic
-arrow plunged deep and stuck fast.
-
-“‘Now your gifts are all expended,’ cried the enraged manitou, ‘and I
-will make an example of your audacity and pride of heart for lifting
-your bow against me.’ So saying he suddenly changed the boy into the
-‘Nazliek-a-wa-wa-sun,’ or Lone Lightning which anyone can see in the
-northern sky even to this day.”
-
-The old trapper ceased speaking and relighted his pipe which had gone
-out during the course of his tale. Both boys remained silent for some
-minutes.
-
-“That was a strange legend,” remarked Joseph at last.
-
-“I should say so,” echoed Robert. “I liked it though. I like all these
-stories of Indians and what they believed.”
-
-“So do I,” exclaimed Walt. “Indians are a simple-minded people in a
-great many ways. Their legends mean a lot to them, too.”
-
-“Tell me,” said Joseph. “What do they mean by ‘Lone Lightning’?”
-
-“The northern lights, I suppose,” answered Walt. “At least that is what
-I have always taken that story to mean. If you’ve ever seen them you
-know how on clear, cold nights they flash out all over the heavens. You
-see the boy’s last arrow remained stuck in the rock, so that the light
-from it will always be there. The other eleven just vanished into space,
-I suppose.”
-
-“By manitou you mean a spirit, don’t you?” inquired Robert.
-
-“Yes,” said Walt. “That’s just what I mean. You see there are good
-spirits and evil spirits and those up in the north were evil. The Great
-Manitou is the Great Spirit whom all the Indians worship. He is chief of
-all the manitous.”
-
-“You know lots more legends, don’t you?” asked Joseph eagerly.
-
-“Why, yes,” replied Walt, “I do know a good many.”
-
-“Well, we’re always willing to listen to them,” said Joseph.
-
-“I could hear another right now,” suggested Robert hopefully. “Would you
-mind very much telling us one, Walt?”
-
-“Not at all, except for the fact that from the looks of things I think
-perhaps our reinforcements are arriving.”
-
-“Something is happening all right!” exclaimed Joseph excitedly.
-
-All three immediately sprang to their feet and hurried to the western
-side of the camp whither everyone else seemed to be bound. Everybody was
-excitedly calling to everybody else and all were in high spirits at the
-arrival of the troops.
-
-“Perhaps we can get started now,” said Walt hopefully as he hurried
-along beside the two boys. “Our waiting days are about over, I guess,
-and within twenty-four hours I think we’ll be on on our way up the old
-Rock River. Black Hawk had better move on before we get very far, too, I
-can tell you.”
-
-Everybody in the settlement was gathered together in one spot, the
-center of attention being a mud-spattered messenger who was talking to
-Major Stillman. The boys could not hear what he said but as they came
-closer to the crowd the messenger turned and pointed. Over the crest of
-a nearby hill suddenly appeared a man on horseback. Then another came
-into view, then another, and still another until the whole hill was
-covered by the band of approaching horsemen.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
- IN CAMP
-
-
-“Just look at them!” exclaimed Joseph. “There must be a thousand of
-them.”
-
-“Sixteen hundred you said, didn’t you, Walt?” inquired Robert turning to
-their friend as he spoke.
-
-“Not mounted, I think,” replied the trapper. “I guess the rest are
-coming up the river in boats and won’t be here for some time.”
-
-“Well, with this crowd we ought to be able to subdue Black Hawk all
-right,” exclaimed Joseph eagerly. “Do you suppose we’ll have to wait for
-the rest of the troops?”
-
-“I hope not,” said Walt. “Here it is the twelfth of May already and we
-should have had the whole thing over with by this time, in my opinion.”
-
-As the three volunteers stood talking the horsemen rode into camp.
-General Whiteside was in command and it was soon learned that, as Walt
-had said, the remainder of the force was coming up the river under the
-lead of General Atkinson. General Whiteside had previously been in
-command of frontier rangers and had earned the reputation of being a
-splendid Indian fighter.
-
-“Any regulars with you?” inquired Walt of one of the men who had just
-arrived.
-
-“No,” replied the men, “we’re all volunteers. General Atkinson is
-following with them. He has about four hundred regular infantry and some
-three hundred volunteer footmen. He is coming up the river by boat with
-cannon, provision and most of the baggage.”
-
-“When did they start?” asked Robert.
-
-“Three days ago; the same time we did.”
-
-“From Fort Armstrong?” Robert inquired.
-
-“Yes,” said the soldier. “The people on the river are having a bad time
-of it, too, I’m afraid. The water is very high and it will be hard work
-to make their way against the current. There are so many rapids, too.”
-
-“Did you find the traveling bad?” Walt asked.
-
-“Yes, quite bad. We came slowly, too, and made a stop at the Prophet’s
-town as well. It was absolutely deserted.”
-
-“Who is the Prophet?” questioned Robert.
-
-“His name is Wabokieshiek,” explained Walt. “He is the man who has been
-urging Black Hawk on all this time. You know all Indians are
-superstitious and these medicine men and prophets exert great
-influence.”
-
-“The Prophet has been encouraging Black Hawk to make war you mean?”
-inquired Joseph.
-
-“Yes,” Walt answered, “that’s just what he has been doing. As I
-understand it he has promised Black Hawk large reinforcements from the
-Winnebagos, Pottowattomies and Kickapoos and that when he has all their
-help he will surely beat the whites.”
-
-“The Prophet probably lied,” Robert exclaimed.
-
-“Of course he did,” agreed Walt. “I don’t think that those other tribes
-will help the Sacs one bit. Certainly they won’t if they learn how many
-men we have here.”
-
-“I know one Pottowattomie who won’t join him anyway,” said Robert.
-
-“Who is that?”
-
-“Deerfoot.”
-
-“By the way, where is he?” exclaimed Joseph suddenly. “I haven’t seen
-him in a long time.”
-
-“Perhaps he has already joined Black Hawk,” said Walt, and he laughed in
-an insinuating manner as he spoke.
-
-“Don’t you say that!” cried Joseph hotly. “Deerfoot is the best friend
-that Bob and I have left on earth and I don’t want him slandered.”
-
-“No, sir!” chimed in Robert. “If ever there was a man more faithful than
-Deerfoot, I’ve never seen him or heard of him. You may take our word for
-it that he can always be counted on.”
-
-“He certainly has two loyal supporters all right,” laughed Walt. “If you
-boys are so sure he’s all right, I guess I’ll have to believe you.”
-
-“You’d better,” exclaimed Joseph. “Now let’s go look for him,” he added.
-
-Their soldier friend had disappeared. His horse needed care and he had
-gone to report at headquarters and receive his orders. General
-Whiteside’s division had but a scanty store of supplies and were forced
-to depend upon those which had been collected at Dixon’s Ferry.
-Fortunately they were believed to be fully adequate.
-
-“There is a lot of feeling among our men about joining General
-Whiteside, you know,” said Walt as the three volunteers walked along.
-
-“You mean among those who were here before he arrived?” Joseph asked.
-
-“Yes, I don’t care much about it either. We want to fight in our own
-way, and, personally, I don’t see why we should be tied down to the
-regular levies. I had hoped we’d go on without them.”
-
-“We could act as scouts or rangers,” Robert suggested.
-
-“That’s just my idea,” Walt exclaimed. “We could push on ahead and see
-what is going on and act independently of the others. There are three
-hundred and more of us and that seems to me to be enough.”
-
-“We’ll hear something soon anyway, I guess,” said Joseph.
-
-“I think so,” agreed Walt. “I must leave you for a while now,” he added.
-“I’ll drop around to your tent a little later.”
-
-The two brothers continued on their way. It was an interesting and
-exciting experience for them to see and feel the bustle and hustle of a
-military camp and to know that they were part of it. Horses were
-tethered under all the trees, tents sprang up on all sides as if by
-magic, while everywhere men were busy with the thousand and one duties
-of camp life.
-
-Soon the boys came to their own tent and entered. Deerfoot, however, was
-not there and this fact caused the brothers no little worry.
-
-“Where do you suppose he is?” said Joseph anxiously.
-
-“I wish I knew,” replied Robert. “I don’t see how anything could happen
-to him right here in camp though.”
-
-“Unless there are a lot more people like Walt who think all Indians are
-bad. Most of these men do think that, too, I’m afraid. Perhaps if they
-saw Deerfoot roving around here they might lock him up or something.
-Someone is almost sure to insult him.”
-
-“That’s true,” said Robert. “Suppose we go out and look for him. He may
-be in trouble and need help.”
-
-They stepped outside the tent, and immediately their gaze fell upon a
-sight that not only allayed their fears but made them almost dance with
-delight. Deerfoot was approaching the tent, astride the back of one
-horse, while he was leading two others by their bridles. He rode
-beautifully and seemed almost a part of his mount as he cantered up to
-the place where the two brothers were standing.
-
-“Where did you get the horses?” cried Joseph as Deerfoot pulled up his
-mount and came to a stop in front of the tent.
-
-“Major Stillman,” said the Indian.
-
-“He gave them to you?” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“One for each,” replied Deerfoot.
-
-“Say,” cried Robert excitedly, “that is what I call pretty fine! Where
-are the saddles though, Deerfoot?”
-
-“No more saddles,” he answered. “Me lucky to get horses.”
-
-“I should say so,” said Joseph. “What do you want of a saddle anyway?
-You might think you didn’t know how to ride a horse the way you talk. We
-have bridles and a blanket. Isn’t that enough?”
-
-“It is for me. I was just asking on your account,” and Robert winked at
-Deerfoot as he spoke. Horsemanship was a part of the education the boys
-had acquired from their Indian teacher and was a lesson they had learned
-as well as they had the others he had taught them. That was saying a
-great deal, too, for Deerfoot was a master who insisted that his pupils
-should always learn their lessons well.
-
-“As though I couldn’t beat you riding any time!” retorted Joseph hotly.
-“I leave it to Deerfoot to decide which is the better rider.”
-
-The question was not settled, however, for at this moment Walt come
-riding up to the place where they were standing in front of their tent.
-
-“Those your horses?” he asked.
-
-“Yes,” said Joseph. “Deerfoot got them for us from Major Stillman.”
-
-“Good for him,” exclaimed Walt heartily. “I tried to get some from him
-myself, but he said he had no more horses. Deerfoot must have influence
-with the major.”
-
-“Me get last t’ree horses,” announced Deerfoot.
-
-“That’s fine!” said Walt heartily. “You’ll all need horses and need them
-soon, too.”
-
-“What do you mean by soon?” Robert asked curiously.
-
-“Tomorrow morning.”
-
-“What!” exclaimed the two young soldiers in one breath.
-
-“We start after Black Hawk the first thing tomorrow,” said Walt, smiling
-at the effect of his announcement.
-
-Deerfoot made no sign and the expression of his face remained the same,
-but into his eyes crept a light that showed he, too, was glad to be on
-the trail of Black Hawk. Unconsciously his hand fingered the knife in
-his belt.
-
-“Tell us about it,” urged Joseph. “Who is going and how does it happen
-that we start before General Atkinson arrives?”
-
-“Only the ones who were here before General Whiteside arrived are to
-go,” Walt explained. “That means us, of course. Major Stillman is to be
-in command and we are to act as a scouting party.”
-
-“Someone must have overheard what we said this afternoon,” laughed
-Joseph.
-
-“Seems so, doesn’t it?” Walt agreed. “Anyhow we’re going and I must say
-nothing has pleased me so much in a long while. We’re off at last and we
-won’t have all those others bother us and interfere with our plans. I
-feel just as if I was starting on a big lark.”
-
-“Tomorrow’s the thirteenth, isn’t it?” inquired Robert solemnly.
-
-“So it is,” laughed Walt. “Don’t worry about that though. I’m not
-superstitious and you needn’t be, either. No harm will come to us on
-this trip and the only results of it will be a lot of fun for us and a
-few less braves for Black Hawk.”
-
-“I hope you’re right,” said Robert. “I’ve always had a queer feeling
-about the thirteenth though. I wish we weren’t going until the day after
-tomorrow or were going to start tonight.”
-
-“That’s what would just suit me,” exclaimed Walt. “I’d like to start
-tonight, all right. We won’t find Black Hawk tomorrow probably so there
-will be no fighting on the thirteenth anyway, and that will kill all the
-bad luck you’re afraid of.”
-
-“No, it won’t,” protested Robert. “The point is that we start on the
-thirteenth. That is what counts.”
-
-“Well, I wouldn’t let it worry me,” laughed Walt. “I must be off now,”
-he added. “I’ll see you at daylight tomorrow.”
-
-He slapped his horse on its flank and galloped away. Robert and Joseph
-drew lots as to which should have first choice of horses. Joseph won and
-made his selection, if such a thing was possible. The horses were both
-splendid animals and apparently there was little to choose between them.
-At any rate, both boys were very well satisfied with their mounts.
-
-Darkness was now coming on and dinner time drew near. While the meal was
-being prepared the boys watered and fed their new mounts. Then they
-rubbed them down and tethered them for the night. This done, they
-quickly turned their attention to the food which Deerfoot had prepared.
-
-“It will seem good to be the one doing the chasing for a while, won’t
-it?” remarked Joseph when their meal was over. “I was getting sort of
-tired of running away all the time and I’ll be glad to see someone else
-run for a change.”
-
-“Yes, indeed,” agreed Robert heartily. “And when we get astride those
-horses whoever gets away from us will have to be pretty fast.”
-
-“The Indians will be mounted too, won’t they, Deerfoot?” inquired Joseph
-of their comrade.
-
-“All ride,” grunted Deerfoot. “Good horses, too.”
-
-“That’s all right,” said Robert confidently. “They won’t be as good as
-ours and we’ll catch them all right.”
-
-For some time they sat and discussed what was to happen on the morrow,
-and then they prepared to turn in. A short time later they were sound
-asleep, and, strange to say, both boys dreamed of desperate encounters
-with Black Hawk and his band. None of the struggles ever came to a
-definite end, however, and if such things were really to happen the next
-few days would have to disclose the result of these combats.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
- ON THE MARCH
-
-
-“Time to start, Bob!”
-
-The first faint streaks of light were illuminating the eastern sky as
-Joseph shook his brother and roused him from his slumbers.
-
-“All ready,” cried Robert, wide awake at once. Life in the woods and on
-the prairies teaches one to waste little time either in going to sleep
-or in getting up in the morning.
-
-“Deerfoot is looking after the horses,” said Joseph. “As soon as we have
-washed we’ll be ready for a bite of breakfast and then we must join the
-others. They’ll start soon, I think.”
-
-Many of their comrades fell in with the two boys as they made their way
-down to the bank of the stream. There was much laughter and much
-splashing and puffing as the men drove the last cobwebs of sleep from
-their brains. Everyone was in high spirits. They all seemed to look upon
-the affair in the nature of a great picnic, instead of actual warfare.
-
-The two brothers could not help being affected by the hilarity. Robert
-was especially susceptible. He was more impulsive than Joseph and was
-readily swayed by his ever changing moods. One moment he was discouraged
-and gloomy and then a few moments later all his troubles were forgotten
-and his spirits rose accordingly.
-
-“Isn’t this fun, Joe?” he exclaimed enthusiastically, as they stood on
-the shore and watched the antics of their comrades.
-
-“It is now,” agreed Joseph, who was of a quieter and more conservative
-nature. “But how long it will continue to be fun, I don’t know.”
-
-“Don’t be so discouraged,” laughed Robert.
-
-“I’m not discouraged,” said Joseph quietly. “I can’t help but think
-though that some of these men take this affair too lightly.”
-
-“Not at all,” Robert persisted. “Get into the spirit of the thing and
-forget your troubles for a while.”
-
-“I thought you were worrying about this being the thirteenth of the
-month,” observed Joseph, a half smile on his lips.
-
-“That’s so,” exclaimed Robert suddenly. “I had forgotten all about that
-for a moment,” and immediately his high spirits departed and he became
-quiet and thoughtful. “Let’s go back to the tent,” he urged a moment
-later, and all the way back he was silent and was evidently troubled.
-
-Joseph said nothing, but he was secretly amused at the sudden change in
-his younger brother. He had seen just such sudden transformations in him
-before, however, and he knew that at any moment the pendulum might swing
-back and Robert become cheerful again.
-
-“Dinner ready,” announced Deerfoot, as they came to the tent. The Indian
-called every meal dinner, no matter what time of day it happened to be.
-
-“All right, Deerfoot,” exclaimed Robert, his spirits reviving already at
-the sight of food. “We are ready, too.”
-
-No time was lost in disposing of the meal the Pottowattomie had cooked
-and well it was that there was no delay, for hardly had they finished
-when the bugle sounded. Joseph and Robert quickly grasped their rifles
-and after assuring themselves that the guns were in proper order and
-that their supply of ammunition was sufficient, sprang upon the backs of
-their horses. The animals had been used but little recently and as a
-result of their good care they were in fine fettle. It was some moments
-before the two young volunteers could calm down their mounts
-sufficiently to enable them to join the others.
-
-Finally, however, they succeeded in obtaining control of the beasts and
-in company with Deerfoot cantered to the place where the men were
-forming. Nearly three hundred and fifty there were all together and the
-command to advance was soon given. Major Stillman was at their head and
-they trotted out of Dixon’s Ferry spurred on by the cheers of General
-Whiteside’s men who were left behind.
-
-Walt had now joined his two young friends and their Indian ally. He rode
-side by side with them and laughed and joked continually.
-
-“Good-bye,” he called gaily to an acquaintance, who stood nearby. “Sorry
-you aren’t going with us.”
-
-“You’re lucky dogs,” was the man’s only comment on Walt’s remark.
-
-“That’s the way I feel about it myself,” exclaimed Walt to his
-companions. “We’re going out to have some fun and those poor fellows
-have to stay at home. We’ll probably finish the whole business up and
-not give them a chance to do anything.”
-
-“It’s the thirteenth today, don’t forget that,” warned Robert.
-
-Walt only laughed and soon dropped behind to chat with some friend of
-his in the company. The advance was most disorderly. No regular
-formation was attempted and the men were soon scattered and spread over
-a considerable space. The only apparent plan seemed to be to follow the
-course of the Rock River and this was done, each man practically acting
-upon his own responsibility. They proceeded leisurely, Major Stillman
-apparently being in no hurry. A stop was made for dinner in the middle
-of the day and that night camp was pitched in a grove of oak trees not
-far from the bank of the river.
-
-Fires were soon burning brightly and the smell of food cooking reminded
-every one just how hungry he was. A day on horseback produced a hearty
-appetite and full justice was done to the meal. Many of these
-backwoodsmen were excellent cooks too. They were in the habit of often
-preparing their own meals and had really become expert in the art of
-plain cooking.
-
-“This is what I like!” exclaimed Robert when the meal was over and they
-were seated about the camp fire. At this particular blaze were eight or
-ten men gathered and many similar groups were to be seen on all sides of
-them. The men were rough and hearty frontiersmen and it was a great
-treat to the two brothers to listen to some of the tales that were told
-of hunting and fishing adventures.
-
-“So you like this, do you, Red?” said one of the men.
-
-“You mean me?” demanded Robert quickly.
-
-“I should say I did,” laughed the man, a big, burly trapper. “I never
-saw any hair redder’n yours in my life.”
-
-Everyone present laughed at this remark, much to Robert’s displeasure.
-What irritated him most of all, however, was the fact that his brother
-laughed much louder than anyone else.
-
-“Look here!” said Robert angrily. “You’d better not laugh at me. If I
-had hair the color of yours I think I’d keep pretty quiet. I’d rather
-have red hair than tow-colored.”
-
-“Oh, I don’t know about that,” said Joseph, still laughing at the
-allusion to his brother’s hair. “Mine suits me first rate.”
-
-“You’re easily pleased,” muttered Robert, but no one heard him.
-
-“It’s too bad Deerfoot hasn’t blue hair,” said the man who had begun the
-conversation. “Then we’d have the American colors, red, white and blue.
-We could put these three up in front for a flag.”
-
-Fresh laughter broke out at this remark and both boys joined in it now.
-Everything was said in a spirit of fun, and Robert was quick to realize
-how silly it was to lose his temper. It is no fun to tease a man who
-laughs at your teasing.
-
-“Let’s stop talking about hair and hear something about pelts,” said
-Walt. “Tell us how you got those three panther skins I saw down at your
-cabin last month.”
-
-He addressed his remarks to the man who had called Robert “Red.” This
-trapper was evidently a great favorite with the men and one whom they
-looked up to and respected. His name was John Mason and he had
-originally come from Massachusetts. That is, he had left that part of
-the country when he was only five years old, and had migrated west with
-his parents. They had settled in Wisconsin and there he had learned the
-business of trapping and had followed it ever since he had been old
-enough to engage in it.
-
-“Did I tell you the experience my father had?” inquired Mason. “How he
-was lost in the woods soon after we came west?”
-
-“Not that I remember,” Walt replied, and the others seated about the
-fire shook their heads in token that they had never heard the tale
-either.
-
-“Well,” began Mason, “it was soon after we had arrived from the East. Of
-course I don’t remember it very well, but I’ve often heard my father
-relate the story. It seems we had arrived at our future home in the
-summer time; my father and mother, myself and my father’s dog, a noble
-and intelligent animal he called Robin, because when he was a puppy he
-had once caught a young bird of that species. We settled down near the
-bank of a small stream and my father set to work clearing a space in the
-forest for us, and in building a house for us to live in.
-
-“It was no easy task for one man, equipped only with an axe, to level
-much of the forest round about, and in addition to that we had a home to
-build. My mother could help some, however, and together they finally
-erected a cabin. It was small, but it was snug and promised good shelter
-against the blasts of winter. It took some time to do all this though,
-and cold weather was at hand by the time the cabin was completed and a
-fair-sized space had been cleared.
-
-“Winter approached and we had a home, and the beginnings of a farm. It
-had taken a good many weeks to acquire these things, however, and my
-father had had time for little else. Consequently our store of meat for
-the long, cold months was very low. Father had had little chance to
-hunt. He set out one morning, his gun over his shoulder, Robin at his
-heels and a small supply of jerked venison in his game bag. He was in
-hopes of bagging a buck, which would feed us for a long time.
-
-“Several miles he walked through the forest. Usually game abounded in
-this region, undisturbed except by an occasional Indian hunter. This
-time, however, father saw nothing except a flock of wild turkeys which
-flew away before he could get a shot. All the morning and into the
-afternoon he tramped through the woods and over the hills. Along toward
-the middle of the afternoon he suddenly spied a large stag. Ordering
-Robin to follow ‘at heel’ he crept cautiously along in an attempt to get
-a good shot at the deer.
-
-“Just before he came within range, however, the buck suddenly took
-fright and bounded away. My father followed his trail eagerly, mile
-after mile. Night was almost at hand when he discovered his game
-standing on a large rock, his figure clearly outlined against the sky.
-Closer and closer father crept and finally raised his gun and fired. The
-deer leaped high into the air as the shot rang out and fell to the earth
-dead. Father ran forward joyfully and a few moments later had the buck
-on his back and was headed for home.
-
-“For the first time he noticed that snow had begun to fall. It was the
-first snow of the winter and soon covered the ground and the branches of
-the nearby trees. Father had traveled many miles that day and now was
-far from home. He knew the country only slightly and now that the snow
-was on the ground it was hard to recognize landmarks. Things look vastly
-different in winter from what they do in summer and father had never
-seen this part of the country in its winter coat. Meanwhile, the storm
-constantly increased in fury.
-
-“On and on father plodded. The stag was across his shoulder and Robin
-followed whimpering at his heels. Father was worried now; he was fast
-tiring and he felt more sure every moment that he had lost his way.
-Night now covered the land and the snow drifted in like some great white
-robe. It was bitterly cold, and constantly growing colder. The thought
-of his wife and boy was all that kept him going. His strength was fast
-waning, however, and he finally succumbed to the irresistible desire he
-felt to lie down in the snow and go to sleep. He dropped his burden and
-fell forward, almost too weak to move.”
-
-“Did he die?” demanded Walt as the story teller stopped speaking.
-
-“No, indeed,” replied Mason. “Here comes the remarkable part of the
-story. When father sank to the ground Robin immediately started for
-home. How he knew where it was and how to get there I never could see.
-At any rate my mother heard him whine and scratch at the door. It was
-after midnight and she was nearly distracted by fear and anxiety. She
-could easily see by Robin’s actions that he wished her to follow him,
-and putting on a great fur coat she went quickly out into the blinding
-storm.
-
-“Urged on by Robin’s eagerness to have her hurry she floundered and
-ploughed her way through the drifts until she came to the place where
-father was lying. He was unconscious when she reached him. My mother was
-a large woman and very strong for one of her sex. Lucky for all of us
-that she was, too, for it was necessary for her practically to carry my
-father all the way back to the cabin, nearly a half-mile. You see,
-father had almost reached home himself though he hadn’t known it. Well,
-she finally got him there and after hours of hard work revived him. For
-many days he lay sick, but with mother’s constant care he finally
-recovered entirely. He also fetched the stag home when he became able to
-go out. There it had lain covered deep in the snow, frozen stiff and as
-sound as ever.
-
-“I just told this little story,” concluded Mason, “to show you how hard
-some of us worked for our homes. Now that we have them we don’t want the
-Indians to take them away from us.”
-
-A cheer greeted this remark. These men were always willing to applaud
-anything that meant trouble for the Indians.
-
-“That was a good story, Mason,” remarked Walt a moment later. “It shows
-you had a wonderful mother, doesn’t it?”
-
-“It does indeed,” agreed Mason. “It shows father had a wonderful dog,
-too. Without him my mother would never have had the chance to do what
-she did.”
-
-“Quite right,” exclaimed Walt heartily and murmurs of approval were
-heard on all sides.
-
-“Yes, sir,” continued Mason. “My father loved old Robin almost as much
-as he did me. I love dogs myself and I wouldn’t be without one for
-anything. Some men are bad and some are good, but I tell you all dogs
-are good. You can believe everything they tell you.”
-
-“Gracious, I’ve talked a lot tonight,” he added laughingly. “I’m going
-to stop now though and turn in. Tomorrow may be a hard day. Good night,
-Red, and everybody else,” he called as he disappeared into the darkness.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
- THE FLAG OF TRUCE
-
-
-At the first sign of dawn the forces were once more on the march. The
-men had a quieter and sterner air than they had manifested the preceding
-day. The prevailing opinion was that before the sun set that night they
-would come in contact with their foes, and in spite of the open
-assertions of the men that it was all a “picnic,” this fact made them
-more serious.
-
-The country consisted of open, rolling prairies, frequent groves of
-trees and occasional swamps. The men rode along in a careless manner,
-chatting with one another and boasting of what they would do to the
-hostile Sacs when they met them. Progress was slow on account of the
-disorderly march of the volunteers and it was late afternoon before they
-reached the vicinity of Sycamore Creek where they intended to camp. This
-place was hardly more than thirty miles distant from Dixon’s Ferry.
-
-“We’re going to pitch camp there,” said Walt to Joseph and Robert, at
-the same time indicating a small clump of open timber some distance
-ahead of them.
-
-“That looks like a good place,” remarked Joseph approvingly.
-
-“It is,” agreed Walt. “You see it is entirely surrounded by open prairie
-and anyone who tries to attack us there will be completely exposed while
-we will have the protection of the trees.”
-
-“Do you think Black Hawk would dare attack us?” demanded Robert.
-
-“I don’t know,” said Walt in reply. “It all depends on how many men he
-has. I doubt if he’d try such a thing though.”
-
-“Where is he now?” inquired Robert, somewhat alarmed by the prospect
-Walt had intimated.
-
-“Somewhere near here, I think,” replied Walt. “He is supposed to be on
-the other side of Sycamore Creek with the Pottowattomies, trying to get
-them to join him in his war. You’d better watch your friend Deerfoot,
-too,” he added in a low voice.
-
-Robert’s face flushed almost as red as his hair at this remark. “Don’t
-you ever dare say a thing like that again!” he exclaimed hotly. “If you
-do, I’ll refuse to be responsible for what happens to you.”
-
-“And I’ll help you, Bob,” said his brother quietly. “Now look here,
-Walt,” he continued. “Bob and I like you very much and all that. We
-don’t mind your fooling, but we do mind your remarks about our friend.
-We told you that once before and this time we mean it.”
-
-Walt looked in surprise at the two brothers. That they were in deadly
-earnest there could be no doubt. Robert was so angry that he could
-scarcely talk; he merely puffed and gasped with rage. His face was red
-and Joseph’s was white, but it was a question which one was more angry.
-
-“Whew!” whistled Walt in astonishment at this outburst. He saw, however,
-that if he continued his remarks he might be subjected to physical
-violence and he wisely refrained from saying more. He quickly changed
-the subject.
-
-“Well, we’ll be making camp in a moment,” he said lightly.
-
-“I’m glad of it,” remarked Joseph. “My horse is tired and so am I. He
-hasn’t been used much lately, I guess, and is soft.” He was willing to
-forget the recent unpleasantness and be friends again, but Robert was
-not so easily pacified. His face was still flushed and he rode forward
-in silence. Joseph glanced at him and smiled. He admired his brother’s
-courage and he also knew that his anger would soon disappear. Robert was
-one who never let the sun go down upon his wrath, simply because he
-could not stay angry for that length of time.
-
-Soon they arrived at their destination. The men quickly dismounted and
-after tethering their horses, they busied themselves with preparations
-for making camp. Meanwhile, guards were stationed all around the grove
-to watch for possible signs of the enemy. The men’s good spirits had now
-returned and they laughed and joked as they idled about or worked on
-their shelters for the night.
-
-“It looks like a great big picnic ground here,” remarked Joseph to
-Robert and Deerfoot as they stood together and gazed about them.
-
-“Too jolly,” said Deerfoot grimly and he shook his head. He held Black
-Hawk in high esteem and was troubled by the evident carelessness of the
-white men.
-
-“That’s right, Deerfoot, they are too jolly,” agreed Robert solemnly.
-“They forget that we started on the thirteenth.”
-
-“Oh, Bob—” began Joseph, when he was suddenly interrupted. A great
-hubbub and noise suddenly arose throughout the camp and the men rushed
-wildly hither and thither. All was confusion, as every man strove to get
-his horse and mount it.
-
-“What is it? What is the trouble?” exclaimed Robert in alarm.
-
-“Look there,” directed Joseph.
-
-On the crest of a hill nearly a mile away appeared three horsemen. That
-they were Indians was easily seen by their headdresses. One of them
-carried a flag.
-
-“Who are they, do you suppose?” exclaimed Robert excitedly. He and
-Joseph and Deerfoot all ran for their horses, but they did not mount.
-They were waiting for orders, but the other men were apparently mad with
-excitement, or at least many of them. Shouting and cursing, a large body
-of them dashed off across the prairie in the direction of the three
-Indians. Major Stillman and the other officers did their utmost to
-restrain their followers, but their efforts were useless. The rangers
-were not accustomed to discipline and obeying orders, and now they paid
-slight attention to the commands.
-
-“We’ll stay here,” said Joseph. “We’ll show Major Stillman that a few of
-us know enough to do as we’re told, anyway.”
-
-“Who are those Indians, I want to know?” cried Robert.
-
-“Black Hawk men,” said Deerfoot.
-
-“But what is that flag?” Robert persisted.
-
-“White flag,” explained the Indian, whose eyesight was far better than
-that of either of his young friends.
-
-“Sure enough,” exclaimed Joseph. “They’re probably messengers from Black
-Hawk. They’ve got a flag of truce anyway.”
-
-“It doesn’t look as if it was going to be respected though,” said
-Robert. “Just see the way those men are rushing at the messengers.”
-
-“Walt was about the first to start, too. Did you notice that?”
-
-“He’ll get into trouble, I’m afraid.”
-
-“He didn’t even have a saddle on his horse,” said Joseph. “I noticed
-lots of the others that way, too. I never saw men in such a hurry.”
-
-As they stood and watched their companions bear down upon the
-messengers, grave fears arose in the hearts of the two brothers. They
-did not care for their Indian foes any more than did the other men, but
-they believed in playing the game fairly. They knew how high an Indian’s
-sense of honor was and they feared for the result if these hot-headed
-rangers should do violence to Black Hawk’s messengers. Long association
-with Deerfoot had taught them that an Indian never forgets an injury
-done him any more than he does a kindness.
-
-Meanwhile, the mob of riders had swooped down upon the astonished
-messengers. Surrounding the three Indians they shouted and waved their
-arms and urged the braves on until they came into camp. Here more of the
-volunteers swarmed around the envoys, and yells and imprecations sounded
-on all sides. Major Stillman did his utmost to put an end to the
-confusion and to quiet the hubbub. Standing in the center of the howling
-mob of men he tried to speak. The three Indians sat on their ponies at a
-loss to account for this demonstration and evidently were worried as to
-their own safety.
-
-“My men,” began Major Stillman, “these three messengers have come to us
-under a flag of truce. It is one of the rules of warfare that any bearer
-of a white flag is to be treated with respect. So far——”
-
-The report of a rifle suddenly rang out, cutting short the words of the
-speaker. One of the Indians pitched forward on his horse. He clutched
-convulsively at the bridle in an effort to save himself, but his attempt
-was of no avail. The horse plunged and reared, and the rider, slipping
-from his place, fell to the ground, dead. Some one of the volunteers had
-treacherously murdered one of the messengers.
-
-Immediately pandemonium broke loose. Confusion reigned before, but it
-was nothing compared to the din that now arose. Men shouted and ran in
-all directions, horses reared and kicked, orders were given, but no one
-paid any attention to them. The men were stunned by what had happened
-and by the time some semblance of order had been restored the two
-remaining messengers were seen galloping at full speed across the
-prairie in the direction from which they had come.
-
-“There they go!” shouted Walt, who had been in the thick of things all
-this time. He quickly jumped for his horse, and, followed by several
-score of the rangers, immediately started in hot pursuit of the two
-fleeing Indians.
-
-“Come on, Joe, we might as well go too,” called Robert excitedly and a
-moment later the two brothers, closely followed by Deerfoot, were also
-speeding across the prairie after the excited horsemen.
-
-Suddenly about twenty men disengaged themselves from the main body, and,
-urged on by the calls and shouts of several of their band, dashed off in
-another direction. Joseph and Robert were at a loss to understand this
-move until they gained the summit of a nearby knoll and spied five more
-Indians. Evidently they had been sent forward by Black Hawk to spy on
-the encampment and to see what treatment the messengers had received.
-One look had been enough for them and they were now fleeing for their
-lives.
-
-Close behind them sped their pursuers, shouting and firing their guns as
-fast as they were able. Even as the two young brothers caught sight of
-them, one of the spies threw up his hands and pitched headlong to the
-ground. The riderless horse followed its companions for a short distance
-and then stopped and began to crop the grass on the prairie.
-
-A moment later another one of the Indians was brought down, while the
-three who were still left, kept on, and, thanks to the fleetness of
-their ponies, gradually outdistanced their pursuers.
-
-“We’d better stick to the main body,” exclaimed Joseph, and at his word
-they turned and followed the men who were still chasing the two
-remaining messengers. The Indians on fresh horses had left their
-pursuers far behind, but they still could be seen in the distance.
-Across the prairie in hot pursuit rushed Major Stillman’s entire force,
-a motley, disorganized and very much excited throng.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
- THE ROUT
-
-
-Joseph, Robert, and Deerfoot by fast riding finally caught up with the
-advance guard of the volunteers. The men were in a frenzy of excitement
-and rushed forward pell mell with no other thought than to overtake the
-fleeing Indians. Sycamore Creek was ahead of them and this stream the
-escaping messengers had already crossed. Their horses could be seen
-scrambling up the opposite bank and a moment later they disappeared
-behind a heavy fringe of bushes.
-
-With loud shouts the pursuers rushed forward. That there could be any
-possible danger to them Major Stillman’s men did not seem to consider.
-Each man was intent on being the first to overtake the fleeing redmen.
-Deerfoot, however, knew the man they were dealing with and was
-consequently more cautious. Mounted on an especially swift pony he
-outdistanced the rest of the force and was the first to reach Sycamore
-Creek. There he stopped and wheeling his pony held up his hand.
-
-The whole force came to a stop. Deerfoot raised himself in his stirrups.
-“No go ahead now,” he called in a loud voice. “I fear ambush.”
-
-His remarks were greeted with howls of derision. Shouts and jeers were
-flung at the Pottowattomie, and a few even went so far as to intimate
-that probably Deerfoot was in league with Black Hawk and was attempting
-to save his ally from destruction. At any rate, no one paid any
-attention to his words of warning. Once more the rangers spurred their
-horses forward.
-
-“Come on, Joe,” called Robert excitedly. “We mustn’t be left out of
-this.”
-
-“Did you hear what Deerfoot said?”
-
-“I know, but he’s overcautious sometimes. Even if he is right we can’t
-stay behind now. Major Stillman himself ordered the advance.”
-
-“No one seems to obey him very often, though,” remarked Joseph grimly.
-“At least they only do when they feel like it.”
-
-“Are you coming?”
-
-“Of course I am,” retorted Joseph as he urged his horse forward.
-
-Some fifty or more of the rangers had already crossed the creek and the
-two young brothers were quick to follow. Into the water they plunged and
-a few moments later were safe on the other side of the stream. Nearly
-the whole force had now forded Sycamore Creek or were in the act of
-doing so. As soon as they had emerged from the water they hurried
-forward on their quest.
-
-Joseph glanced at Deerfoot. The Indian evidently was anxious and fearful
-of what was in store for them. He clutched his tomahawk firmly in his
-right hand, while his eyes constantly searched the nearby bushes for
-possible signs of the enemy.
-
-Nothing had happened so far, however, and Joseph began to think that
-perhaps his brother had been right when he said that Deerfoot was
-sometimes overcautious. The pace was swift now and at least two hundred
-yards had been covered since they had left the creek. The spot seemed
-ideal for an ambush, but there was no sign of the hostile Sacs as yet.
-Joseph felt more confident each moment.
-
-His confidence was shortlived, however. Just as the force of rangers
-came to a particularly dense growth of bushes and timber, a yell rent
-the air. A blood-curdling, ear-splitting war whoop sounded that from its
-volume apparently issued from hundreds, perhaps thousands of throats.
-Everyone of the rangers drew in his horse sharply and glanced about him
-in astonishment. The yells were continuous and seemed to increase in
-volume. But where did they come from? Not a sign of the enemy was to be
-seen.
-
-Suddenly, however, the Indians appeared. Every tree and bush seemed to
-split open and belch forth a bloodthirsty, yelling savage with a
-tomahawk in his hand. All the warriors were on horses, and forward they
-charged at full speed. They had rifles as well, and from these they
-poured a deadly stream of bullets into the front ranks of the rangers.
-
-The volunteers, however, made no resistance. Instantly they wheeled
-their horses and at full speed turned and fled for their lives.
-
-It was now Black Hawk’s opportunity to exult and to take his turn as the
-pursuer. Terror filled the hearts of Major Stillman’s men, and in spite
-of the efforts of their commander to rally them, they made off as fast
-as their mounts could carry them.
-
-The rout was complete. From behind came the exultant yells and shrieks
-of the Indians who were bending every effort to overtake and cut down
-their white foes. They were still a considerable distance behind,
-however, and fortunate it was for the volunteers that such was the case.
-
-Joseph, Robert and Deerfoot, once side by side, were now separated and
-with no other choice they were obliged to flee with their comrades. The
-two young brothers had stood their ground when the Indians first charged
-and each had emptied his rifle at the onrushing warriors. No one else of
-their company, however, had seemed inclined to stay with them.
-Consequently, as it undoubtedly meant certain death for them to face
-their foes alone, they too turned their horses and joined in the mad
-flight. They did not even have time to see the effect of their bullets.
-
-As Joseph bent low over his horse’s back and urged the animal forward, a
-man white with terror came alongside and by reason of his swifter mount
-soon passed him. It was Walt. Even at such a time, Joseph could not
-repress a grim smile, as he saw the traces of fear written all over the
-man’s face. Walt, the one who had boasted of his prowess and his ability
-to deal with the hostile Indians, was now running like a scared rabbit
-for safety. Joseph’s smile changed to a snort of disgust.
-
-A bullet whirred past his head. Just ahead of him a man crumpled up in
-his saddle and slid to the ground, a limp mass that but a few moments
-before had been a human being. Joseph shuddered involuntarily at the
-sight, but he could not stop. His thoughts were not for his own safety
-alone, however. He wondered what had become of Robert and of Deerfoot.
-He raised his head to look about him in an attempt to discover their
-whereabouts. A bullet struck his cap, tearing it from his head, and
-Joseph made no further effort to find his brother.
-
-Ahead of him, on both sides and behind him was a confused mob of
-panic-stricken horsemen. The blood-curdling yells of the Indians sounded
-constantly over the prairie, as the men sped onward in their attempt to
-escape a massacre. Into Sycamore Creek they plunged. Coming out on the
-other side they kept on in mad disorder, until they had reached the
-clump of trees where their camp was pitched. They did not stop there,
-however, nor did they seem to have any thought of checking their flight.
-
-Every man in the expedition seemed intent on putting as much space as
-possible between himself and the yelling pursuers, who were now pressing
-them so closely.
-
-“Fools,” thought Joseph to himself, as they passed the camp. “Why don’t
-they stop here? We could defend this place against ten times our number.
-With the trees for protection and the Indians still on the open prairie
-we could pick them off at our leisure.”
-
-No one else seemed to share Joseph’s views, however, or if any one did
-he did not try to put the plan into execution. On they sped, becoming
-more scattered and more demoralized every moment. Many men had been
-killed and Joseph himself had seen several fall from their horses. As
-far as he could determine no one tried to oppose the Indians either. A
-few shots had been fired at first, but since that time every man seemed
-to be more interested in the fleetness of his pony than he did in
-offering any resistance to the pursuers.
-
-As some of the ponies were much swifter than others the volunteers were
-soon strung out in a long line over the prairie. To his dismay, Joseph
-suddenly noticed that man after man was passing him and leaving him
-behind. He could not be sure whether or not the shouts of the Indians
-sounded closer, but he was greatly alarmed to see himself being
-outdistanced by so many of his comrades.
-
-His pursuers were not yelling as much as they had been. That they had
-not given up the chase, however, was manifest by the fact that above the
-pounding of the horses’ hoofs could be heard the frequent bark of the
-rifles. Joseph knew that it would be a long time before the Indians
-would relinquish such an opportunity to avenge themselves upon their
-enemies, the Americans.
-
-He could see that his pony was tiring fast and that his predicament
-would soon be desperate unless something speedily occurred to aid him.
-It was only a question of time before his horse would break down under
-the strain and then the young pioneer’s case would be almost hopeless.
-Joseph raised his head and glanced about him.
-
-A short distance ahead, and a little to one side, he spied a ravine. A
-narrow gully, filled with bowlders and scrubby trees, appeared to
-Joseph’s gaze and he quickly decided to enter it, for perhaps he might
-find a place of refuge. He turned his horse and plunged into the ravine.
-
-As he urged his horse to a final effort his mind turned to Robert and
-Deerfoot. What had become of them? If they had been killed, or far
-worse, captured, Joseph would be left all alone in the world. A lump
-arose in his throat at the thought. This was no time for sentiment,
-however, and he quickly suppressed his feelings and devoted his whole
-attention to his own safety.
-
-A short distance in advance of him he spied a thick clump of bushes.
-Toward these Joseph hurried and upon reaching the spot was overjoyed to
-find that they would afford a screen sufficient to hide him from the
-gaze of anyone who should pass that way. On the other hand he could look
-out from his refuge and see all that was taking place around him.
-
-He tethered his horse to one of the roots of a large tree, which had
-been torn from its place by some great wind. Making sure that in his
-hiding place he and his horse were well concealed, he crawled cautiously
-along the trunk of the fallen tree, until he reached a spot from which
-he could see the surrounding country.
-
-Hardly had he been in his place a moment when he heard the clatter of
-hoofs and not fifty feet from him he spied five Indians riding past at
-full speed in pursuit of the flying volunteers.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
- THE WHINNY OF A HORSE
-
-
-Close behind these Indians came five more and then a little squad of
-three. Next appeared one solitary brave, his war paint shining while he
-shouted at the top of his voice. Joseph shuddered as he saw these
-savages dash past him and involuntarily he drew back further on the tree
-trunk. He had no desire to be seen by any one of his bloodthirsty foes,
-especially at this time when they were so filled with confidence and
-their desire to kill.
-
-“If I count the number of Indians who pass this way,” thought Joseph, “I
-can tell just how many may return and in that way I can tell whether or
-not there are any between me and Dixon’s Ferry. When I am sure that all
-have returned I can start out and take my time about getting back.”
-
-This seemed to Joseph an excellent plan and he proceeded to put it into
-execution. The only trouble was that he expected at least several
-hundred of Black Hawk’s party to pass that way in their pursuit of Major
-Stillman’s men, and undoubtedly it would take a long time before they
-would return. Then, too, there was always the chance that some might go
-back to their camp by a different route and thus escape his notice. At
-any rate he decided to make an attempt at carrying out his scheme.
-
-Thus far he had counted fourteen warriors. No more appeared for some
-time and Joseph began to wonder where the main body was. Certainly the
-fleeing volunteers had passed his hiding place, and if the Indians
-intended to overtake them they must follow the same course.
-
-“Here they come,” thought Joseph as once more he heard the clatter of
-hoofs on the prairie. Peering out cautiously he was surprised to see
-only four Indians in the party. He heard more approaching, however, and
-soon an additional band of six appeared. This last detachment was not
-riding as hard as the ones who had passed previously. They seemed to be
-in no hurry and were apparently debating whether or not they should give
-up the pursuit of the rangers.
-
-Suddenly Joseph heard a shout and saw the six warriors abruptly halt.
-They turned and awaited the approach of a solitary brave a hundred yards
-or more to their rear. When he came up to them, the seven Indians
-gathered in a circle and held a spirited discussion. Joseph fancied that
-the argument was as to whether they should push on or give up the chase
-and return to camp. Evidently his surmise was correct, for at the
-expiration of a few moments the entire band started back in the
-direction from which they had come.
-
-“That makes twenty-five Indians I have counted altogether,” thought
-Joseph. “I wonder what has happened to all the others who attacked us?”
-
-Many minutes passed, however, and no more appeared. “Seven already
-returned,” said Joseph to himself. “That makes eighteen more I must wait
-for. I hope they won’t be long and that they won’t discover me.” The
-thought of what might happen to him, should his hiding place be found by
-any of the marauders, made him shudder. He turned and glanced at his
-horse. The animal stood with drooping head, evidently thoroughly tired
-from its exertions. That he would soon be overtaken if it came to a
-question of speed was only too evident to the youthful frontiersman. It
-seemed to Joseph that hours elapsed before he heard any more hoofbeats
-on the prairie indicating that more of his enemies were returning. He
-was tired and it was all he could do to keep awake. Several times the
-young volunteer almost dropped off to sleep and the use of all his will
-power was required to shake off this feeling of drowsiness. Joseph knew
-that any such lapse might easily prove fatal to his chances of escaping.
-
-Finally, however, he heard a noise and as he peered out from his hiding
-place he discovered a band of ten Indians approaching. They trotted
-along in a careless manner, evidently confident that no danger was
-lurking near at hand. That this was the case was fully realized by
-Joseph who wondered what would befall him if he should shoot at any one
-of the band. From his station in the ravine he could easily have
-selected his man and found no difficulty in bringing him down. He might
-even kill two or possibly three of his foes, but he was largely
-outnumbered and it would only be a question of time before he must
-either be killed or taken prisoner.
-
-“They’ll never capture me alive,” thought Joseph decidedly. He knew that
-in such a case his doom would be surely sealed and undoubtedly preceded
-by tortures that made his blood run cold even to think about. It was
-hard for him to restrain himself, however, as he watched his enemies jog
-past the place where he lay hidden. He fingered his rifle nervously and
-once or twice even raised it to his shoulder.
-
-At length the Indians passed beyond his sight and Joseph settled himself
-to wait for the remaining eight. He was not kept in suspense long, for
-in a few moments six more rode by. They talked freely among themselves
-and were apparently discussing their victory. Gestures were frequently
-used in the course of their conversation, and everyone seemed to be
-trying to outdo the others in boasting of his conquest.
-
-“Only two more,” thought Joseph as this party disappeared. “I wish
-they’d hurry up and come, too.” The young pioneer was greatly puzzled to
-know what could have happened to the remainder of Black Hawk’s band. He
-had been sure that the volunteers were attacked by at least several
-hundred warriors. Little by little, however, he began to change his
-ideas as he saw the few that had followed in pursuit of the white men.
-“Could it be possible,” he thought, “that over three hundred white men
-had been put to flight by a mere handful of Indians?” He had counted
-twenty-five in all and he doubted if more than twice that number could
-have attacked them in the first place.
-
-“What a disgrace,” he thought. “We ran like a lot of cowards. The first
-shout scared us away and we didn’t even stop to see how many there were
-against us.” He became still more angry as he thought of the rout and
-when he recalled the look of fear on Walt’s face a snort of disgust and
-contempt expressed his feelings in the matter.
-
-Once more, however, his thoughts were interrupted by the sound of
-horses’ hoofs. A moment later two Indians came within sight and Joseph
-heaved a sigh of relief as he realized that these were the last he was
-waiting for. In a few moments more he could mount his horse and proceed
-to Dixon’s Ferry and then he could discover what had befallen Robert and
-Deerfoot.
-
-The Indians were now opposite Joseph’s lookout. He remembered distinctly
-seeing these men pass before, for one of them rode a spotted pony,
-easily distinguished from all the others. As Joseph noted this fact, the
-pony in question suddenly thrust his head forward and whinnied. This in
-itself was not remarkable, but its consequences certainly were.
-
-Joseph was horrified to hear from behind him the answering whinny of his
-own horse. That this desire for company on the part of his horse might
-easily have fatal results the young frontiersman knew only too well. His
-limbs were almost paralyzed as with wide eyes he watched his two foes to
-see if they had heard the sound. That they had done so was only too
-evident from their actions. They immediately wheeled their ponies and
-peered eagerly in the direction from which the unexpected sound had
-come.
-
-Spellbound, Joseph watched them. Perhaps they might pass on after all,
-thinking their ears had deceived them. That there was but slight chance
-of this, however, he well knew, and for a moment he thought his best
-plan would be to fire at them. On second thought he decided that the
-sound of the shots might summon help to the redskins and that was the
-last thing Joseph desired to happen.
-
-Motionless, and with their guns ready for instant use, the two warriors
-sat and looked straight at Joseph’s hiding place. He knew they could not
-see him from the place where they were stationed, and he hoped and
-prayed that they would not investigate. This hope was quickly
-dissipated, however, for suddenly his horse whinnied again. For a moment
-the young volunteer was so angry he could have shot the animal, but he
-knew that any such action would only spell ruin to his chances of
-escape. At any rate, the horse knew no better and was probably lonesome.
-
-No sooner had the sound reached the ears of the waiting Indians than
-they raised their guns and fired. Two bullets came crashing through the
-bushes close to Joseph’s head and he heard one of them flatten itself
-against a rock just behind him. Taking quick aim he fired his own rifle
-and saw one of the Indian’s ponies drop to the ground. He waited for no
-more, but jumping quickly upon the back of his horse he sped away down
-the ravine.
-
-A hundred yards in advance of him the gully led out onto the open
-prairie. Soon Joseph emerged; his appearance was greeted by a yell of
-rage, and two bullets which whistled past his ears. Glancing behind him
-the young volunteer saw the Indian, whose horse had been shot,
-struggling to reload his gun, while the one that was mounted on the
-spotted pony was speeding forward in hot pursuit.
-
-Joseph bent low over the neck of his horse and urged the animal to do
-its best. He had one bullet in his rifle and this he decided to use only
-when he could be reasonably sure of hitting his mark. Behind him he
-heard the war whoop of the pursuing redman, and this time Joseph knew
-that he was engaged in a race for life, such as he had never had before.
-The opportunities were more equal this time, but the Indian being behind
-had whatever advantage there was. “His life or mine,” decided Joseph.
-
-How long could his horse hold out? That was the question that most of
-all troubled the young pioneer. He realized how far and how fast his
-mount had already traveled that day, and grave fears for the animal’s
-endurance beset Joseph’s mind.
-
-Once more he glanced behind him. The Indian was gaining rapidly upon
-him. The spotted pony was evidently very fleet and the distance between
-the two racers was rapidly diminishing. Joseph’s heart sank at the
-sight. He was tempted to turn and fire at his pursuer now. Nearly a
-hundred yards still separated them, however, and Joseph knew only too
-well that any chance of success at that distance was very slight.
-Dangerous as it was he decided to save his ammunition and run the risk
-of still being alive when a better opportunity should present itself.
-
-On they sped, the horses’ hoofs beating a sharp tattoo on the hard
-ground of the sunbaked prairie. The brush seemed to interfere with his
-horse’s progress while the spotted pony which his pursuer rode ran
-easily and apparently was unhampered by any obstructions. “What a pony
-that is,” thought Joseph. “If we could only trade mounts he’d never
-catch me. I could laugh at him and simply run away as I pleased.”
-
-A quick look about him showed Joseph that now scarcely more than fifty
-yards was between him and his enemy. “Why doesn’t he shoot?” exclaimed
-the young volunteer out loud. “If he’d only fire and miss me I could
-stop and shoot him down before he has a chance to reload.”
-
-As if following Joseph’s suggestion the Indian suddenly raised his gun
-and fired. The fleeing boy was crouching so low that he seemed almost a
-part of his horse’s back. As he saw the redskin lift his gun to take aim
-he flattened himself out still further and held his breath as he waited
-for the result of the shot.
-
-At last the time had come which was to decide his fate. As the sharp
-bark of the Indian’s rifle sounded over the prairie Joseph felt a
-burning sensation in the fleshy part of his shoulder. He was wounded. It
-was his left shoulder, however, and so excited was the young volunteer
-that he scarcely felt the pain of the wound. He quickly stopped his
-horse and straightening up in the saddle lifted his gun to his shoulder.
-
-The Indian seeing that he was tricked tried desperately to turn his
-pony. At the same time he hurled his tomahawk, but the distance was too
-great and it fell short of its mark. Joseph pulled the trigger and
-immediately the Indian threw up his hands. For a moment he struggled
-convulsively to keep his seat, but it was of no avail. He fell to the
-ground, dead, a bullet through his temple.
-
-Joseph was stunned for a moment, and then, realizing that he was safe
-once more, a great wave of joy swept over him. He felt no remorse at
-having killed this man, for by doing so his own life had been saved.
-Perhaps, too, this Indian was one of those who had massacred his family.
-The young volunteer dismounted and drew near to his fallen foe.
-
-The young Indian was lying face down upon the ground. Joseph rolled him
-over and noticed at his belt two freshly taken scalps. Suddenly a great
-wave of horror rushed over the young frontiersman as he looked. One of
-the scalps at the Indian’s belt was bright red.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
- THE SWALLOW
-
-
-For a moment Joseph was too stunned to move. Shaking all over with
-anguish he stood still and looked at the blood-stained trophy fastened
-at the Indian’s belt. The hair was exactly the color of Robert’s, and
-Joseph felt sure that his brother had fallen a victim to this redskinned
-warrior. A great sob rose in the boy’s throat and the tears welled up
-into his eyes, as he stood on the prairie and gazed at what he
-considered the proof of his brother’s death.
-
-“The only one left,” thought Joseph. “My whole family wiped out by Black
-Hawk. Thank goodness, I am still here and I swear I’ll have revenge.” He
-clenched his fists and gritted his teeth as he thought of all he had
-suffered at the hands of the savages.
-
-How long he stood in this place he did not know. It might have been
-seconds and it might have been hours, as far as he was concerned, for
-the young pioneer had lost all sense of time. He was completely wrapped
-up in his own thoughts. A coyote barked and at the sound Joseph raised
-his head. He looked about him, but the only sign of life he saw was the
-two ponies browsing quietly nearby.
-
-“I’d better get out of here,” exclaimed the young volunteer suddenly.
-“There’s no telling how soon those other savages may be on my trail if
-that fellow whose horse I shot only gives the alarm.” He started to
-remove the scalp from the Indian’s belt, but suddenly drew back. “I
-can’t! I can’t touch it!” he moaned. He turned and walked toward the
-place where his horse was feeding. The animal raised its head and
-watched Joseph’s approach, but made no effort to escape.
-
-The young pioneer grasped the bridle and was about to climb into the
-saddle when a sudden idea struck him. “Why not take the other pony,
-too?” he thought. Surely it was a beautiful animal and much faster than
-any horse Joseph had seen among the volunteers. A few moments later he
-was seated astride the spotted pony on his way to Dixon’s Ferry. With
-one hand he led his own horse and at a good rate of speed jogged forward
-on his way.
-
-His new mount had a remarkable gait, which Joseph could not help
-admiring. Joseph’s heart was heavy and his spirits were low, but in
-spite of his sorrowful feelings, he did not fail to realize that the
-pony which had fallen into his hands was a prize. “The kind of a horse
-I’ve always wanted to own but never expected to,” he thought.
-
-Hour after hour he jogged across the prairie until at last he spied
-Dixon’s Ferry in the distance. No sign of the enemy had appeared
-throughout the day, though Joseph had taken pains to search the horizon
-every few moments. The end of his journey was in sight, though this
-knowledge gave but little pleasure to the young volunteer. He kept
-wondering what he should do now that he was left alone, bereft of
-parents, sisters and brother.
-
-Coming into Dixon’s Ferry, Joseph met a large force as it was departing
-from the little settlement. General Whiteside was in command and the
-object of the expedition was to bury the dead left on the battlefield by
-Major Stillman. General Atkinson had now arrived with his troops and
-Dixon’s Ferry presented a busy scene. The fight of the previous day was
-the main topic of conversation and consternation and bewilderment had
-taken possession of the men.
-
-Joseph rode quietly through the camp, searching eagerly for a familiar
-face. He did not arouse any particular comment as he came in with his
-two horses, for more than a thousand men were departing with General
-Whiteside at just that time and the young volunteer was overlooked in
-the crowd. Suddenly he spied Deerfoot, seated under a large tree smoking
-his long pipe. His back was toward Joseph, so that he approached close
-to the Indian without being seen.
-
-“Deerfoot!” Joseph called, as he stopped his horses under the tree where
-the Pottowattomie was seated.
-
-The Indian jumped to his feet as if he had been a jumping-jack. His pipe
-fell to the ground and broke into a thousand bits while he stared at
-Joseph with startled eyes. For once he forgot to mask his feelings.
-
-“What’s the matter?” demanded Joseph in amazement.
-
-“Me thought you dead,” said Deerfoot in an awestruck voice.
-
-“Not at all. I’d just as lief be, though.”
-
-Deerfoot stared and stared at his young friend as if he could not
-believe his eyes. Finally he apparently convinced himself that it was no
-apparition that he saw, and his gaze shifted to the horse Joseph rode.
-Once more he started perceptibly. “Where you get that pony?” he
-demanded.
-
-“I captured him.”
-
-“Where his rider?”
-
-“He’s dead.”
-
-“You shoot him?” asked Deerfoot.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“You not catch him when he ride that pony,” said the Indian decidedly.
-
-“No,” said Joseph, “he caught me.” He proceeded to tell Deerfoot of his
-encounter on the prairie and how he had finally shot his pursuer. “You
-act as though you had seen this pony before, Deerfoot,” he added.
-
-“Sure that The Swallow,” said Deerfoot quietly.
-
-“The Swallow?” repeated Joseph. “How does it happen that you know his
-name and recognized him when you saw him?”
-
-“Everyone know that pony,” replied Deerfoot.
-
-“Why do they?” Joseph demanded.
-
-“He fastest horse in country.”
-
-“What!” exclaimed the young frontiersman. “The fastest horse in the
-country, you say? What do you mean?”
-
-“He called The Swallow,” said Deerfoot. “He run as fast as swallow fly.”
-
-“Whew!” whistled Joseph in amazement. “It looks as though I had found a
-pretty good horse, doesn’t it? Who owned him?”
-
-“White Owl,” replied Deerfoot. “He one of Black Hawk young men.”
-
-“Do you suppose it was White Owl I killed?”
-
-“That so. He no let any other ride pony.”
-
-“Well,” exclaimed Joseph bitterly, “I’m glad I killed him and got his
-horse. I’d give him back both if I could, if he’d only return what he
-took from me.”
-
-“What he take from you?” asked Deerfoot.
-
-“I guess you know as well as I do,” cried Joseph, his voice choking with
-emotion. “If you’d seen the scalp he had, you’d know. If Robert isn’t
-dead, why isn’t he with you now?”
-
-“Because he’s been down taking a swim in Rock River,” said a voice
-nearby, and turning around Joseph saw his brother standing not five feet
-distant from the spot where he and Deerfoot were talking. His teeth
-showed in a radiant smile, while his hair seemed redder than ever
-before.
-
-“Bob!” exclaimed Joseph. “I thought you were dead.”
-
-“Far from it,” laughed Robert. “I consider myself one of the liveliest
-people in camp.”
-
-“But I saw your scalp,” protested Joseph.
-
-“You see it now, you mean,” said Robert. “It is right on the top of my
-head, just where it has always been.”
-
-“Why,” said Joseph, “I killed an Indian out on the prairie who had two
-scalps at his belt. One of them had red hair, just the color of yours. I
-was sure you had been killed.”
-
-“Not I,” laughed Robert. “Deerfoot and I wasted no time on the prairie.
-We were among the first to reach Dixon’s. We were worried about you,
-though. When you didn’t turn up we were almost sure you had been killed.
-What have you been doing all this time and how did you escape?”
-
-Joseph related his experiences again and then some moments were spent in
-admiring Joseph’s new horse, The Swallow. “He is certainly a beauty!”
-exclaimed Robert enthusiastically. “I can easily see that everyone is
-going to be very jealous of you, Joe.”
-
-“Let them!” laughed Joseph. “They can do anything they want, but they
-can’t take my pony and they can’t catch him either.”
-
-Deerfoot again appeared at this moment, bringing some food for Joseph.
-When the young man’s hunger had been appeased and the horses had been
-cared for, the three companions set out for a tour of the camp.
-Everywhere were little excited groups of men talking about the battle.
-Some of the men had not even returned to Dixon’s Ferry, but had kept
-right on to their homes, having had enough of Indian warfare.
-
-One gathering contained faces familiar to the boys and this one they
-joined. Walt was in the center doing most of the talking.
-
-“Yes,” he was saying, “just as I passed that ravine at least a hundred
-Indians came tearing out at me. They were yelling like a pack of wolves
-and firing off their guns as fast as they could load them. I shot two of
-them, but they were too many and I finally decided to run for it. I have
-the satisfaction of knowing that I finished a couple of them anyway.”
-
-“Where was that ravine, Walt?” asked Joseph curiously.
-
-“Hello, there, my boy!” exclaimed Walt, catching sight of Joseph. “Glad
-to see you back. We were afraid you had fallen by the wayside. Why, that
-ravine I was speaking of was near a clump of woods about a mile this
-side of where our camp was pitched.”
-
-“How many Indians did you say came out of there?”
-
-“Why, about seventy-five or a hundred. What are you laughing at?” he
-demanded as a smile overspread Joseph’s face.
-
-“Nothing,” replied Joseph quietly, “except this: I spent most of last
-night in that ravine you were describing.”
-
-“What if you did?” exclaimed Walt warmly. “That doesn’t say a hundred or
-more Indians didn’t charge out from there earlier, does it?”
-
-“Well, I don’t know,” mused Joseph. “The trouble with your story is
-this: I reached that gully before any of the Indians. I hid there all
-night and I counted every Indian that pursued our men. I counted them as
-they went out and I counted them again as they came back, just to make
-sure they had all returned.”
-
-“Do you insinuate that I am a liar?” cried Walt, half rising to his
-feet.
-
-“I insinuate nothing,” replied Joseph coolly. “I am merely stating
-facts.”
-
-Silence reigned in the little company. The men gathered there looked
-curiously from one to the other of the speakers. The situation was tense
-and for a moment it seemed as if there might be trouble.
-
-“All right then,” said Walt in response to Joseph’s statement. “Tell us
-how many Indians you counted.” The trapper’s tone was contemptuous, for
-he had been piqued at the way the two brothers threatened him when he
-made remarks about Deerfoot and he still held his grudge.
-
-“How many do you think there were?” Joseph demanded.
-
-“Don’t you know yourself? I thought you counted them.”
-
-“I did. I just wondered if you had any idea of the number.”
-
-“Well,” said Walt, “I should say that at least five hundred attacked us
-originally. Probably not more than two-thirds of that number chased us
-very far. When we passed that ravine I was speaking of, there were about
-three hundred or three hundred and fifty.”
-
-Joseph laughed outright at this. “What’s the joke?” demanded Walt hotly.
-
-“Do you want to know just how many there were?”
-
-“Of course we do.”
-
-“Well,” said Joseph, “there were exactly twenty-five.”
-
-A howl of derision not only from Walt but from the whole company greeted
-this remark. The men looked at Joseph contemptuously.
-
-“Your night out must have affected your head,” said Walt sneeringly.
-
-“Nothing of the kind,” exclaimed Joseph warmly, and hot-headed Robert
-drew a bit closer to his brother in case there should be trouble. “I
-counted twenty-five and that’s all there were. I don’t believe there
-were over fifty opposed to us at any time.”
-
-“Poor boy! Poor boy,” moaned Walt pityingly. “He’s either out of his
-head or he never learned how to count.”
-
-“Look here,” cried Joseph, thoroughly aroused. “I know what I’m talking
-about and I’m telling the truth, and that’s more than you are. I saw you
-pass me and if ever a man was scared, you were. Your face was as white
-as chalk and you were running like a scared rabbit. And when you say you
-killed two Indians, you lie.”
-
-Walt sprang to his feet, his face livid. He struggled to reach Joseph,
-but was restrained by his companions. For some moments the excitement
-was intense and it was a puzzle as to how the difficulty would be
-settled.
-
-“Look here,” exclaimed one of the men. “One of these men is a liar,
-that’s sure. Which one it is I can’t say, though I’m inclined to think
-it is this boy here who says he counted only twenty-five Indians.
-Suppose we make him prove his statement.”
-
-“Can you do it?” whispered Robert in his brother’s ear.
-
-“No, of course not,” said Joseph. “I have nothing but my word.”
-
-“We’ll fight the whole gang, then,” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“I wouldn’t believe that boy on oath now,” cried Walt, still trying to
-wrench himself free from those who were holding him. “Next thing he’ll
-be trying to tell us that he captured The Swallow from White Owl and
-brought him back to camp.”
-
-“That’s just exactly what I did do,” exclaimed Joseph.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
- AN INVITATION
-
-
-A roar went up from the assemblage at this remark of Joseph. The men
-laughed and whistled and hooted until the din was almost deafening.
-Through it all Joseph stood quietly, but with white face and clenched
-hands. Robert was for challenging everyone present to fight at once and
-it was with difficulty that he was restrained by his cooler headed
-brother.
-
-Finally the noise somewhat subsided. The men ceased their jeering and
-turned to Joseph once more. Walt appointed himself spokesman.
-
-“So you captured The Swallow, did you?” he said sneeringly.
-
-“That’s what I told you,” replied Joseph quietly.
-
-“Would you mind letting us look at him?” asked Walt with pretended
-politeness. At the same time he winked at the others in the crowd.
-
-“Certainly you may see him,” agreed Joseph. “Suppose I do prove to you
-that I captured The Swallow. Will you believe my other story then?”
-
-“We’ll believe anything,” laughed Walt, good-natured once more at the
-prospect of making sport of Joseph. Certainly he had thought that the
-boy was idly boasting about the horse or he never would have undertaken
-the risk he now was incurring.
-
-“Come along, then,” exclaimed Joseph, and with Robert and Deerfoot
-walking beside him, he started toward the place where the ponies were
-tethered. Walt became a bit uneasy now as he saw how ready Joseph was to
-carry out his suggestion. Perhaps he had captured The Swallow after all,
-and if so Walt fully understood that he would find himself in a very
-embarrassing position.
-
-Robert and Joseph conversed eagerly as they went along. “I knew that
-when we started on the thirteenth of the month bad luck would follow
-us,” exclaimed Robert. “Just see what has happened! We were defeated and
-disgraced by a handful of Indians, and then you get mixed up in a
-quarrel and are called a liar and I don’t know what else. I felt sure we
-ought not to have started on that day.”
-
-“Don’t be silly, Bob,” laughed Joseph. “We have had some hard luck, I’ll
-admit, but we’ve had some good luck, too. At least I have. Just think of
-my capturing the most famous horse in this part of the country and now
-owning him all for myself.”
-
-“How can you be sure it is The Swallow?” demanded Robert.
-
-“Deerfoot said it was.”
-
-“Perhaps he was mistaken.”
-
-“No mistaken,” exclaimed Deerfoot. “That Swallow, sure.”
-
-“I hope so,” said Joseph fervently. “I’m in for it if there has been any
-mistake.”
-
-They had now come within a short distance of the spot where the horses
-had been fastened. Joseph at once turned to face the crowd following
-him. Many more had collected by this time so that more than a hundred
-men were gathered together to see the result of the argument. Most of
-them favored Walt, if only for the reason that they had fled as eagerly
-as he and they had no desire to be publicly acclaimed as cowards.
-
-“Wait here a moment,” exclaimed Joseph. “I’ll go get The Swallow, and
-ride him out here for you to see.”
-
-“We can’t wait more than two days,” called Walt as Joseph made off. The
-crowd laughed at this remark, for Walt was considered a great wit.
-
-“You didn’t wait very long for Black Hawk to arrive the other day,
-either, did you, Walt?” shouted Robert, incensed at the treatment to
-which his brother was being subjected. The crowd also laughed at this
-and Walt’s face once more flushed with rage.
-
-“Did you wait yourself?” he cried angrily.
-
-“Not I,” replied Robert cheerily. “I came home just as fast as you did.
-The only difference is I admit it and you don’t.”
-
-The crowd enjoyed this conversation tremendously and was hoping for more
-of it, but just at this moment Joseph appeared. As the spotted pony
-trotted into view from behind a clump of trees a murmur of admiration
-ran through the gathering. “That’s him, all right!” exclaimed a
-raw-boned pioneer standing next to Robert. Nods of affirmation were seen
-on all sides and exclamations of envy were heard as well.
-
-Robert looked for Walt to see what he had to say now, but he looked in
-vain. Walt had disappeared. He had recognized The Swallow instantly, for
-he had often seen the famous pony and knew him well. Realizing that he
-was beaten he slipped quietly away in the crowd and hastened to his tent
-to be alone and unseen.
-
-“Where’s Walt?” cried Joseph, looking in vain for the trapper.
-
-“He had an engagement, I guess,” laughed one of the men, after a vain
-search had been made for the missing man. “Maybe we can find him
-though,” suggested one of the others.
-
-“Let him go,” exclaimed Joseph. “All I want to know is whether this pony
-is The Swallow or not.”
-
-“He certainly is,” cried the whole assemblage with one accord. They
-gathered about Joseph and his new mount, curiously inspecting this horse
-that had made itself so famous on the prairies. Everyone now was on
-Joseph’s side and every man vied with one another in saying pleasant
-things. Even Robert was pacified and he took great pride in the sudden
-fame which his brother had acquired.
-
-“What’ll you sell him for?” was the question frequently put to Joseph;
-but in answer, the young pioneer every time shook his head and merely
-smiled. “Money couldn’t buy this horse from me,” he exclaimed.
-
-Supper time soon came and the gathering then scattered. The two brothers
-and Deerfoot were left to themselves, and the Indian was soon busily
-engaged in preparing the evening meal. When this was over, the three
-volunteers settled themselves around their fire and discussed all that
-had happened to them recently. They also talked of what might be in
-store for them in the approaching days, and wondered what their fortunes
-would be.
-
-“What do you suppose our next move will be?” inquired Joseph.
-
-“I heard this afternoon that we were to join General Whiteside’s men in
-a few days,” replied Robert. “He went out to the battlefield yesterday,
-you know, and is to push on after Black Hawk.”
-
-“What is General Atkinson to do?”
-
-“He is the one that is going to join General Whiteside. I supposed, of
-course, we would go with him.”
-
-“We stay here,” said Deerfoot.
-
-“What for? How do you know?” queried Robert.
-
-“Stillman’s men stay here, guard supplies.”
-
-“How did you find that out?” asked Joseph curiously.
-
-“Me know, that’s all,” replied the Indian, and both boys were aware that
-further questioning was useless. They also were convinced, too, that
-Deerfoot was probably right. Seldom it was that he made any statement of
-which he was not absolutely sure.
-
-“They’ll leave us here because we disgraced ourselves, I suppose,”
-exclaimed Robert bitterly. “I don’t blame them either, but I tell you it
-makes me mad. I wish I could get just one more chance.”
-
-“Don’t worry, Bob,” urged Joseph. “You’ll probably get another chance,
-all right. We’ll all have to make up for the way we acted.”
-
-“Where do you think Black Hawk is now, Deerfoot?” exclaimed Robert
-impulsively. He half rose to his feet as though he intended to start in
-pursuit of his enemy that very moment.
-
-“Sit down, Bob,” laughed his brother. “You’re not thinking of starting
-after him now, are you?”
-
-“Just as soon as I can,” said Robert eagerly. “Where is Black Hawk now?”
-
-“He go north,” replied Deerfoot. “Four lakes probably.”
-
-“Is that far from here?”
-
-“Very far,” said the Indian. “Much swamps, too.”
-
-“That’s probably just what will happen, all right,” agreed Joseph.
-“Black Hawk will go up into the swamps and hide there and then we’ll
-have some fun driving him out again.”
-
-“Maybe he starve,” suggested Deerfoot.
-
-“Hasn’t he any supplies?” asked Joseph.
-
-“No think so. He not able to raise corn last year. He no get any now.”
-
-“That’s very true,” said Joseph. “Perhaps General Atkinson intends to
-starve him out.”
-
-“That’s not my way, though,” exclaimed Robert. “I’m for going right into
-the swamps or any other place where he may lead us. Finish it up and get
-it over with as soon as we can, is my idea.”
-
-“I don’t know,” argued the more cautious Joseph. “Starving him out may
-take longer, but it is just as good a way in the end and we won’t lose
-half as many men.”
-
-“Still,” laughed Robert, “I don’t suppose any of the officers are going
-to ask us for our opinion in the matter, so there isn’t much use in our
-talking about it.”
-
-“You’re right, Bob,” agreed Joseph. “Who is this coming?” he exclaimed a
-moment later. Some man was making his way through the darkness toward
-their fire. It was impossible to see who it was and the prowler came all
-the way up to the fire without being recognized. It was then discovered
-that the visitor was Walt.
-
-“I’ve come to apologize to you, Joseph,” he said, after he had made
-himself known. “I acted badly this afternoon and I know it. I’m sorry
-and I want you to shake hands with me and forgive me if you can. Will
-you do it?”
-
-“Of course I will,” exclaimed Joseph at the same time putting forth his
-hand.
-
-“I did lie,” continued Walt. “I acted like a coward, too, and you showed
-me up for what I was. I was mad at you for doing it at the time, but I
-got to thinking it over and decided that I deserved it all. From now on
-I’m going to try to make up for it, and I want your friendship and that
-of your brother, and Deerfoot’s, too. Do you think I stand any chance of
-getting it?”
-
-“You certainly do,” said Robert heartily. This red-headed boy had a
-quick temper but he had also a correspondingly warm heart. He saw that
-Walt meant what he had said, and that was all that Robert needed. He
-shook hands warmly with the trapper. Deerfoot in silence also offered
-his hand.
-
-“Now,” said Walt. “I’m going to ask another favor of you three. I have
-been ordered to carry some dispatches for General Atkinson. He told me
-to select my own party and I want you three as members of it. Will you
-go?”
-
-“Will we go!” exclaimed Robert. “Of course we’ll go and the sooner the
-better. When do we start, Walt?”
-
-“The first thing in the morning. Just sit down a minute and I’ll tell
-you about it.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
- A SCOUTING PARTY
-
-
-“I can’t tell you much, for I don’t know much about it, myself,” Walt
-explained. “All the information I have are my orders. I am to carry some
-dispatches from General Atkinson to Fort Armstrong.”
-
-“That’s all that is necessary for us to know,” cried Robert
-enthusiastically. “How many are there to be in our party?”
-
-“Ten. We four and six others.”
-
-“We’d better get ready then, I guess,” suggested Joseph, who was always
-of a practical turn of mind. “How about food? Who is to look out for
-that?”
-
-“I am,” replied Walt. “The rest of you needn’t worry about a single
-thing. Everything is ready and all you will have to do is to go along.”
-
-“That’s fine!” exclaimed Robert. “Just the kind of an expedition I like.
-Not a blessed thing to worry about.”
-
-“Except Indians,” Joseph cautioned him.
-
-“Huh! Indians!” snorted Robert. “We aren’t afraid of Indians! Are we,
-Deerfoot?” and he slapped that surprised brave heartily on the back.
-
-“No afraid,” replied Deerfoot seriously, looking in astonishment at his
-young friend. He never had become used to these outbursts of hilarity on
-Robert’s part and he did not know just what to make of them.
-
-“You’re glad you’re going, too, aren’t you?” Robert insisted.
-
-“Yes, me glad,” answered Deerfoot, without changing the expression of
-his face or the tone of his voice.
-
-“You’re hopeless, Deerfoot,” exclaimed Robert laughing. “You show about
-as much enthusiasm as a piece of rock.”
-
-“He doesn’t believe in wasting his strength and breath perhaps,”
-suggested Joseph. “When the time comes he’ll be in the thick of things,
-though, you may be sure of that.”
-
-“I know it,” said Robert. “When he does a thing or says a thing he means
-it. That’s more than I can say sometimes.”
-
-“We won’t worry about you, I guess, Bob,” laughed Walt. “I know who can
-be depended upon. That’s the reason I asked you to go with us.”
-
-“And now I’m going to leave you,” he added. “Don’t forget tomorrow.
-We’ll meet at the swimming hole at daybreak. Good night.”
-
-“Good night,” replied Joseph, Robert and Deerfoot together, and a moment
-later Walt disappeared in the darkness.
-
-“Where is Fort Armstrong?” demanded Robert, as they were preparing to
-turn in for the night.
-
-“Why, Bob,” chided his brother. “Don’t you know where that is?”
-
-“Of course I do,” replied Robert. “That’s just the reason I asked you.”
-
-“Well, it’s right where the Rock River empties into the Mississippi,”
-Joseph explained, paying no attention to his brother’s attempt at
-sarcasm. “That is the place where General Atkinson and General Whiteside
-came from. They collected their troops there before they started up the
-Rock River.”
-
-“Then we’re going back the way they came?”
-
-“Exactly.”
-
-“But I’m afraid we’ll miss something,” protested Robert.
-
-“Don’t you want to go? A few minutes ago you said you did.”
-
-“I still do,” exclaimed Robert quickly. “For a moment it seemed to me
-that we would be getting out of touch with things if we went back there,
-but I guess there’s likely to be something going on, no matter where we
-are.”
-
-“Surely, there is,” Joseph agreed. “I think that Black Hawk’s victory
-will make it very unsafe for the settlers around here, too.”
-
-“That’s so. Probably all the Indians will start out on the warpath now.”
-
-“Yes, and they’ll be murdering all the settlers in the country,”
-exclaimed Joseph. “Many more families will get the same treatment ours
-did, I’m afraid.”
-
-“Well, that’s what you and I are here to stop, you know,” said Robert.
-
-“Perhaps if we stop talking and get some sleep we’ll be in better shape
-to do it, too,” Joseph suggested. “Look at Deerfoot. He’s asleep
-already.”
-
-The two brothers also were soon fast asleep and knew nothing more until
-they felt their Indian friend shaking them and telling them to wake up.
-They were on their feet almost instantly and were soon ready to depart.
-The ponies were fed and watered, and in a short time they were all on
-their way to the meeting place on the river bank. It was scarcely light
-as yet and the first rays of the sun were just appearing when the young
-soldiers reached their destination.
-
-Walt was already on hand, as also were two of the other members of the
-party. In a few moments the three remaining scouts appeared and a start
-was made at once.
-
-The boys were very proud to be members of this expedition. A
-responsibility had been placed upon their shoulders and every man likes
-to feel that he is thought capable of sharing such a trust. Joseph was
-doubly proud. He sat astride The Swallow and felt himself the center of
-all eyes. The more he rode the pony the better he liked him, too. As
-Walt said, “The Swallow was everything that a horse should be.”
-
-They struck off across the prairie and following the course of the river
-as closely as practicable they made their way steadily forward. Both
-Joseph and Robert were delighted to see among their number John Mason,
-the man who had first called Robert “Red,” and had entertained them one
-night with a story of a hunting experience his father had had. The two
-brothers had formed a strong liking for this man. He was a splendid type
-of pioneer and commanded the respect of all who came in contact with
-him.
-
-“Bad times ahead of us, boys,” he exclaimed, bringing his horse
-alongside Robert’s and addressing the two brothers.
-
-“What’s the matter now?” Robert demanded.
-
-“Black Hawk has turned his war parties loose on the settlements.”
-
-“He did that long ago,” said Joseph. “Bob and I know that from bitter
-experience.”
-
-“I know you do,” exclaimed Mason. “I guess you have caught it as hard as
-anyone, but it’s going to be worse than ever now. Since Black Hawk
-chased us away so easily, I guess he has become conceited and thinks
-that nothing can hold him back.”
-
-“That’s what we said would happen,” Joseph remarked.
-
-“Well, it’s true,” continued Mason. “Several reports have come in
-already of people being murdered.”
-
-“Near here?” inquired Robert.
-
-“Yes, quite near. Yesterday morning they killed a man just north of
-here. He was a minister and was on his way to Chicago. It seems he was
-in the habit of traveling around through the settlements in the course
-of his work. He was a queer looking old fellow, with a beard that was
-nearly a yard long. I remember him well, for he used to come around my
-part of the country as well as here. Two nights ago he stopped over
-night with a family who warned him that suspicious Indians were in the
-neighborhood. They all left the house and hurried off to safe places,
-but he stayed on. He said he wasn’t afraid and that he didn’t think the
-Indians would harm him anyway. So he stayed. One of the sons returned
-home the next morning to get something that had been forgotten, and
-found the poor old fellow scalped and his head almost severed from his
-body. Isn’t that horrible?”
-
-“I should say it is,” agreed Joseph, shuddering at the thought.
-
-“Where did you hear about it?” asked Robert.
-
-“The son who returned home told me. He hurried right from there to
-Dixon’s and wants to enlist. He says this business must stop.”
-
-“He is right about that!” Joseph agreed heartily. “Why, no one will be
-safe any more unless something is done. All the other tribes may be
-lured in, too, if they see the success Black Hawk is having.”
-
-“Very true,” said Mason. “I believe that already some of the Winnebagos
-and Pottowattomies have joined him.”
-
-“Is that so?” exclaimed Robert. “I wonder if Deerfoot knows that some of
-his people are with Black Hawk now?”
-
-“Of course he knows,” said Joseph. “He seems to know everything almost
-before it happens. He is uncanny at times.”
-
-“Do you suppose it will make any difference to him?”
-
-“Not a bit. Why, he’d choose you and me in preference to his own family,
-I think. He likes us better than anyone else in the world.”
-
-“He certainly is a good friend of yours, isn’t he?” remarked Mason. “At
-any rate I believe only a small band of his people are with Black Hawk.
-Some of the young bloods who like fighting, that’s all.”
-
-“Indians love to fight, don’t they?” said Robert. “I wonder why it is.”
-
-“Simply because it is born in them, I guess,” laughed Mason. “All their
-lives they fight. If not with the whites, then with some other tribe.”
-
-“I feel sorry for them,” Joseph remarked. “They certainly have had a
-hard time ever since the white people came into this country. Every year
-they are pushed farther and farther west. They see their homes being
-taken from them and I don’t blame them if they don’t like it.”
-
-“I suppose you felt sorry for them when they were murdering our family
-and burning our home,” exclaimed Robert hotly.
-
-“That’s different,” agreed Joseph. “At the same time I don’t suppose
-they know any better and that is their way of making war.”
-
-“That doesn’t excuse them, though,” retorted Robert.
-
-“Of course it doesn’t,” Joseph admitted. “I’m for getting even with them
-just as much as you are. Don’t worry about that. And I agree with you
-that the quicker we let them know that we won’t stand for this sort of
-business the better it will be for all concerned.”
-
-“That’s exactly the way I feel,” said Mason. “Personally I have nothing
-against the Indians. There are good ones and there are bad ones, just as
-there are good and bad white men. This country has got to be safe for
-settlers to live in though, and I am going to do my best to help make it
-that way. As you say we must let the Indians know that we intend to put
-a stop to this wholesale murder and massacre.”
-
-The sun by this time was high in the heavens and a stop was made to
-refresh the horses and to give the men a short breathing spell. They
-halted in a clump of trees near the bank of the river. The men stretched
-themselves on the ground and completely relaxed. It was a peaceful scene
-and it would have been difficult for an observer to realize that danger
-lurked near at hand. One of the scouts stationed as a lookout soon
-testified to this fact, however.
-
-When a half-hour had elapsed the march was resumed. The route still lay
-along the bank of the river, most of it over the open prairie.
-Occasionally they crossed a swamp or passed through a clump of woods and
-at such times extreme caution was exercised. One man was sent ahead to
-spy out the land, while the others followed in single file, prepared for
-any emergency that might arise.
-
-Thus far no sign of the enemy had been discovered, however. At the same
-time the scouts did not relax their caution for an instant. They were
-too familiar with the ways of the redmen to think themselves ever secure
-from an attack.
-
-The day wore on and the shadows grew longer. Some of the horses began to
-show signs of fatigue, but not so The Swallow. He stepped as lightly as
-ever and apparently was as fresh as when he started. Joseph became more
-enthusiastic over his new pony every moment. The other horses were
-tired, however, and soon it was decided to stop for the night.
-
-“There’s a large swamp just ahead,” explained Walt. “I think we ought to
-get through that before we pitch camp. On the other side is a long
-stretch of prairie and we should be safe from any surprise out there in
-the open.”
-
-Walt’s suggestion was approved and soon the little party came to the
-swamp. It was particularly dense and of large extent. To ride around it
-would have consumed much valuable time. Consequently they plunged into
-its fastnesses and urged their horses to make their best speed and reach
-the open country again as quickly as possible.
-
-The party was strung out in a long line, with John Mason at the head. No
-one spoke and the only sound to be heard was the heavy breathing of the
-horses and the sucking of their hoofs as they pulled them out of the
-soft, wet earth.
-
-Suddenly a rifle shot rang out through the still air and the band of
-scouts came to an abrupt halt.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
- A PERILOUS UNDERTAKING
-
-
-Every man immediately dismounted. There was a rush for shelter and in a
-remarkably short space of time the whole band had placed themselves
-behind trees or clumps of bushes. Not one had abandoned his pony,
-however, for without a mount no man would stand much chance if it should
-come to a question of escape.
-
-The shot had been fired at John Mason, who was in the lead, but he had
-escaped unharmed. Meanwhile, not a sound broke the stillness which
-rested over the swamp. Many moments elapsed and still no significant
-sound was heard. Joseph was standing behind a large oak tree, well
-screened by a heavy growth of bushes. He had quickly tied The Swallow to
-an overhanging bough and he hoped that no one of the Indians would
-discover the presence of the pony.
-
-Robert had taken his station in a position similar to Joseph’s and about
-ten yards distant from him. The remainder of the band were placed at
-varying intervals over a space of nearly a hundred and twenty-five
-yards. Every man held his rifle ready for immediate use.
-
-Joseph glanced eagerly about him. He could see his comrades crouching
-behind their shelters but no sign of the enemy appeared. It gave the
-young pioneer a queer feeling to see all these men hiding and yet not to
-know from what they were trying to conceal themselves.
-
-He looked again at his brother. This was just the kind of situation to
-appeal to Robert and he was greatly enjoying himself. He loved adventure
-with a spice of real danger in it, and consequently was in high spirits.
-He caught Joseph’s eye and smiled. Then he waved his hand at his
-brother. As he did so there came the sharp report of a rifle and a
-bullet clipped a piece of bark from the tree just above his head. Robert
-drew back hurriedly.
-
-Instantly the white men’s rifles spoke, all firing at the puff of smoke
-which disclosed the position of the Indian sharpshooter. Whether or not
-any of the bullets reached their mark could not be seen, but this was
-the signal for a general fusillade. The redmen replied to this volley
-with a volley of their own and from that time on the firing became
-general on both sides. Above all the noise arose the frequent war whoops
-of the Indians, and both Robert and Joseph shuddered at the sound. They
-had heard it often before and every time it had been followed by
-misfortune.
-
-Suddenly another war whoop sounded not thirty feet from the spot where
-Joseph was standing. At the sound he started violently and his gun
-almost fell from his shaking fingers. He turned in alarm to see whence
-the noise came, and to his intense relief discovered that Deerfoot was
-the cause of his fright. The Pottowattomie had flung his defiance back
-at his foes to show them that not all of his tribe were on the side of
-Black Hawk.
-
-So interested was Joseph in watching his red ally that he nearly forgot
-that he was in a fight and that at least fifteen or twenty bloodthirsty
-Sacs were intent on taking his life.
-
-At the conclusion of this war cry Deerfoot immediately dropped to the
-ground and began to worm his way forward on his belly as fast as he
-could crawl. With fascinated gaze, Joseph watched the half-naked redman
-whose skin glistened with war paint as he cautiously, but steadily
-crawled onward across the swamp.
-
-From behind a tree scarcely fifty yards distant one of the enemy had
-been firing. Evidently this brave was the goal Deerfoot had in mind.
-Joseph soon realized this and resolved to do all in his power to aid. As
-fast as he could load his gun he emptied it at the hidden Indian and did
-his best to keep his attention occupied so that Deerfoot might approach
-unnoticed. Deerfoot must have realized this, though, of course, he made
-no sign. Rifle in hand he still was crawling through the swamp. The
-grass was high, affording him excellent protection and he took great
-pains to keep every possible bush or stump or tree between him and the
-object of his quest.
-
-Every little while Joseph lost sight of Deerfoot. It was difficult to
-follow the Pottowattomie’s course as he went along, and so skillfully
-did Deerfoot perform his task that only the occasional waving of a clump
-of bushes gave evidence that anyone was disturbing them. “That’s a
-wonderful performance,” thought Joseph, and he was right.
-
-At length Joseph withdrew his gaze from Deerfoot’s movements and looked
-around at the rest of his comrades. No one seemed to have been hit as
-yet, though Joseph could only account for eight of the ten members of
-the party. Robert was as cheerful as ever and presented a smiling though
-powder-smeared countenance to his brother’s gaze.
-
-“Why don’t we charge them, Joe?” he called.
-
-“That would be a foolhardy thing to do,” replied Joseph. “What chance
-would we stand?”
-
-“Some of us would survive,” said Robert. “I wish they’d try it, anyway.”
-
-Joseph made no reply beyond a shake of the head and once more he turned
-his attention to Deerfoot. He was, however, now unable to locate the
-Pottowattomie. Having once taken his eyes from the path he was pursuing
-Joseph could not find it again. That Deerfoot must have approached close
-to his goal now, he felt confident, but still no sign of him appeared.
-The young pioneer riveted his gaze upon the tree that sheltered his
-enemy, hoping for an opportunity for a favorable shot. He thought he saw
-a feather move behind the broad trunk, and immediately he fired.
-
-An answering shot came almost instantly. Joseph could hear the bullet
-cut through the branches directly above him, and involuntarily he drew
-back farther behind his shelter. Scarcely had the report of the rifle
-died away when an unearthly yell rent the air. Then before Joseph’s eyes
-was enacted an awful scene.
-
-He saw Deerfoot suddenly spring to his feet, appearing as if by magic
-from the tall grass at the foot of the tree behind which his enemy was
-located. The shining, painted body of the Pottowattomie appeared like
-some strange monster in the half light of the coming night. His war cry
-echoed far out over the marsh, while in one hand he grasped his rifle,
-and in the other was his tomahawk. With one bound he flung himself upon
-his adversary.
-
-Joseph could see the flash of Deerfoot’s hatchet as it was raised to
-strike. He could almost feel the shock of the two men’s bodies as they
-came together and then the struggle passed out of his range of vision.
-He hastily reloaded his gun and turned to Robert.
-
-“Come on, Bob!” he cried. “We must help Deerfoot!”
-
-“You can count on me,” replied Robert quickly, and together the two boys
-started forward to the aid of their friend. It was a dangerous mission
-on which they were embarking, but neither boy gave any heed to his own
-peril. To help Deerfoot was their only thought and though they were not
-sure that their loyal friend was in need of aid, they were determined to
-be on hand in case such a need should arise.
-
-“Keep low, Bob,” warned Joseph.
-
-“I’m as low as I can get now!” exclaimed Robert. “I’m almost bent double
-as it is.”
-
-“That’s the way to be. Now hurry as fast as you can.”
-
-The two brothers darted forward, rifle in hand. Crouching low and
-running swiftly they hastened to Deerfoot’s assistance.
-
-“Come back!” shouted some one of their comrades in alarm as he saw what
-the two boys were attempting. No attention was paid to this bit of
-advice, however, and the boys merely increased their speed. A bullet
-scudded over their heads, and then another struck the ground just in
-front of them. On they went, however, each boy fearful lest he should be
-too late in bringing aid to their faithful ally.
-
-Nearer and nearer they approached to the tree behind which Deerfoot had
-disappeared. Thus far they had been untouched but it seemed almost a
-miracle. Every moment the rain of bullets about them increased and to
-their watching comrades it seemed as if they must be hit. Yells of
-defiance and rage greeted their appearance and apparently every one of
-the hostile party was now directing his fire at the two daring youths.
-
-Half the distance had been covered by this time. Only a few seconds had
-elapsed but to the two brothers it seemed as if a long time had passed
-since they had left their shelter and started on their perilous
-adventure. No thought of retreat had entered either boy’s mind, however,
-and even if they had had such a desire it was too late now to turn back.
-
-Just ahead of them was a large fallen oak and toward this they made
-their way. Robert’s sleeve was cut by a bullet and both boys had felt
-many of the leaden balls whiz by close to their ears. Still they kept on
-and soon came to the prostrate tree. Vines and creepers covered the
-trunk, providing an excellent screen, and behind this shelter the young
-volunteers stopped for a momentary breathing spell and a chance to get
-their bearings.
-
-“Whew, Bob, this is ticklish business!” panted Joseph, and he and his
-brother instantly sank to the ground.
-
-“I know it, Joe,” replied Robert. “That doesn’t make any difference,
-though. It has to be done.”
-
-“Of course it has,” cried Joseph. “We are wasting valuable time here,
-too!” He once more sprang to his feet and after a hasty look about him
-started on his way again. Robert followed close behind. “Only a few
-yards more,” he called encouragingly. “We’ll make it all right, Joe.”
-
-Just at this moment when the two young pioneers appeared around the end
-of their shelter, they were once more exposed to full view. A yell
-greeted them, followed by a hail of lead. Bullets sang all about them
-and suddenly Joseph uttered a groan and plunged forward. He fell
-headlong to the ground and rolled over upon his back.
-
-Robert was at his side in an instant. “Where are you hit, Joe? Is it
-bad?” he cried. Joseph’s red-headed and impulsive younger brother
-apparently entirely forgot that he, too, was exposed to the fire of all
-the Indian party. Not so, Joseph, however. Even at this time his first
-thought was for his brother, and he begged him to return.
-
-“Go back, Bob,” he pleaded. “You can’t help me any now.”
-
-“Tell me where you’re hit,” demanded Robert.
-
-“Right here,” cried Joseph, holding on to his left leg with both hands.
-“It’s just above the knee and I can’t walk.”
-
-“I’ll help you,” offered Robert eagerly. “Lean on me and we can get
-back.”
-
-Joseph made an effort to get up, but it was unavailing. His leg gave out
-under the weight and he rolled back to his former position. Blood showed
-in a dark red spot above his knee.
-
-“I can’t do it, Bob,” he moaned. “There’s no use in your being hit, too,
-though. Please leave me. Save yourself, anyway.”
-
-Robert suddenly sprang to his feet. “All right, I will leave you,” he
-cried, and at full speed he ran swiftly toward the tree behind which
-Deerfoot and his enemy were concealed.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
- BETWEEN THE LINES
-
-
-As Robert ran forward he caught a fleeting glimpse of Deerfoot. He saw
-his Indian friend locked in a death struggle with his foe. Over and over
-upon the ground the two men rolled, sometimes one on top and sometimes
-the other. Neither had been able thus far to deal any decisive blow, and
-each one was doing his utmost to use his knife or tomahawk.
-
-The sight spurred Robert forward, and a feeling of intense rage welled
-up into his heart. His family had been murdered and his home destroyed.
-His brother had been shot and now the last person to whom he could turn
-on earth was struggling for his life with one of these same enemies of
-his. All that had befallen him swept through Robert’s mind in a flash.
-Red spots danced before his eyes and he was more angry than he had ever
-been before in his life.
-
-He was afraid to shoot, however, for fear he might hit Deerfoot. The two
-men were so entwined in each other’s embrace that it was sometimes hard
-to distinguish one from the other. Neither one was aware of Robert’s
-presence. It was not so with the other Indians, however. A hot fire was
-directed at the daring young pioneer and only the deadly shooting of his
-comrades saved him from a personal attack.
-
-Robert dodged behind the tree for protection while he cautiously peered
-out. He was waiting his chance to step in and deal the blow that would
-return Deerfoot victor in the struggle. The two men were straining every
-nerve and every muscle in their effort to gain the mastery. The veins
-stood out upon their foreheads, while great beads of perspiration
-streamed from every pore. Their breath came in gasps and it seemed
-impossible that human strength could endure such a test much longer.
-Evidently the strugglers must soon weaken, and such proved to be the
-case.
-
-The one that weakened first, however, was Deerfoot. His opponent had
-grasped him by the throat and shut off his breath. With his breath gone
-Deerfoot’s strength ebbed quickly. Little by little his resistance
-ceased until by a supreme effort his opponent gained the upper hand and
-in a short time he sat upon Deerfoot’s chest, his hands still clutching
-the Pottowattomie’s windpipe. Deerfoot’s conqueror leered exultantly as
-he reached for his knife to complete his work.
-
-This move, however, was Robert’s cue to act and he responded at once.
-Grasping his rifle by the barrel with both hands the young volunteer
-stepped out from behind the tree. He moved noiselessly and so intent was
-his foe upon what he was doing that Robert’s actions escaped unnoticed.
-He raised his gun and swinging it twice around brought it squarely down
-upon the shaved head of his enemy.
-
-That was all. The Sac, without even so much as a groan, rolled over and
-lay still upon the ground. His knife slipped from his hand and not a
-muscle in his body quivered. He was dead.
-
-“Come, Deerfoot!” cried Robert. “Come quickly!”
-
-He grasped his friend by his hand and lifted him to his feet. For a
-moment Deerfoot seemed dazed and he passed his hand over his throat.
-
-“Come on! Come on!” urged Robert. “Joe is lying out here wounded, and we
-must look after him.”
-
-“Me come,” replied Deerfoot huskily. He turned and looked at his fallen
-opponent, but Robert grasped his arm. He knew what was passing in his
-red ally’s mind and he forestalled the impulse.
-
-“No scalping now,” he exclaimed. “We’ll be killed if we stay here any
-longer. Please come, Deerfoot.”
-
-The bullets still sang about their heads. One struck Robert’s gun,
-scarring the stock and tearing it almost from his grasp. Evidently there
-was no time to lose. He caught hold of Deerfoot’s arm and half dragging
-him hurried his friend from the perilous place.
-
-As they emerged from the shelter of the trees a shout of welcome from
-their comrades and a yell of rage from their enemies at the same time
-greeted them. The sound, however, scarcely made any impression upon the
-two daring men. So intent were they upon the task at hand that nothing
-else seemed of any consequence to them.
-
-“Bend low and follow me, Deerfoot,” cried Robert, loosing his hold on
-the Pottowattomie’s arm. He started quickly toward the spot where Joseph
-was lying and Deerfoot came close behind him. It was a new experience
-for Robert to be giving orders to his redskinned friend, but the young
-frontiersman enjoyed it none the less on that account. Deerfoot was
-rapidly regaining his strength and composure, however, and Robert’s
-supremacy threatened to be shortlived.
-
-Through the storm of leaden death they ran. A few seconds, which seemed
-like hours to the young pioneer-soldier, elapsed, and they arrived at
-the place where Joseph was lying.
-
-“Take his head. I’ll take his feet,” cried Robert. Joseph made no
-objection and merely groaned as he was lifted from the ground and borne
-rapidly in the direction of his own forces and of safety.
-
-“Stop here,” ordered Robert sharply, as they came to the fallen log
-behind which he and his brother had taken refuge, a few moments before.
-They came to an abrupt halt and as tenderly as possible placed Joseph
-upon the ground.
-
-“How do you feel, Joe?” asked Robert, bending anxiously over his
-brother.
-
-“Pretty weak,” replied Joseph in a husky voice. His face was white and
-drawn with pain, but his jaw was set and all his will power was being
-exerted.
-
-“He bleed much,” exclaimed Deerfoot. “Me fix him.” He quickly tore a
-strip from his hunting shirt and fastened it around Joseph’s leg, just
-above the wound. Exerting all his strength he then drew the bandage as
-tightly as he was able so that the blood would be held back and as
-little as possible should escape. Joseph seemed to be suffering more
-pain as time went on. The first shock of the bullet had stunned him so
-that his senses mostly were dulled to any feeling of physical suffering.
-Not so now, however, for try as he might he could not help giving
-evidence that he was in agony.
-
-“That’s better, Deerfoot,” Robert remarked. “Do you think he is wounded
-badly?”
-
-“No,” replied Deerfoot shortly. “He bleed bad but not serious.” He had
-slit Joseph’s trousers up the side so that the wound was exposed to
-view. The bullet had passed through the fleshy part of the leg, tearing
-an ugly hole, but it was easy to be seen that the trouble was not likely
-to be lasting.
-
-“He’s bled enough at any rate,” exclaimed Robert grimly. “You look
-almost as though you had one red trouser leg, Joe. Is that the new
-style?”
-
-“I don’t know, Bob. I haven’t looked at it,” Joseph answered weakly.
-Much of his strength had ebbed away with his blood, though the flow had
-been largely checked by Deerfoot’s treatment. The Indian was now engaged
-in bandaging the wound itself. His idea was to fix his young friend
-temporarily so that he would be safe until he could receive much better
-treatment.
-
-“Look at yourself, Joe,” urged Robert. “You’re certainly a sight.”
-
-With an effort Joseph raised himself upon one elbow and glanced at his
-blood-stained leg. One look was enough, however, for with a quick intake
-of his breath Joseph suddenly fainted away.
-
-“Now I’ve done it,” exclaimed Robert. “I ought to have known better than
-to say a thing like that.”
-
-“He all right,” said Deerfoot stoically.
-
-“But he has fainted,” Robert protested. “How can we bring him to?”
-
-“No try,” said Deerfoot. “Let him stay fainted.”
-
-“Won’t it hurt him any?”
-
-“No,” said Deerfoot, and he had apparently dismissed the subject from
-his mind, for he turned his back on the two brothers and glanced out
-over the battlefield.
-
-As long as Black Hawk’s band remained in their present position the
-three volunteers were safe where they were. They were crouched upon the
-ground behind the log which provided ample protection. Behind them were
-their own men, while they were well screened from the enemy.
-
-“How long are we going to stay here?” demanded Robert at length.
-
-Deerfoot made no answer, and to all outward appearances he did not even
-hear the question.
-
-“How long are we going to stay here?” Robert repeated.
-
-“You want to leave?” asked Deerfoot mildly.
-
-“Well,” said Robert, “it’s growing dark and it doesn’t seem to me we
-ought to stay here much longer. Some one of Black Hawk’s braves will
-sneak around in back of us and we’ll be cut off if we are not careful.”
-
-“That right,” Deerfoot agreed, and he glanced at Joseph as he spoke. As
-he did so, the wounded young pioneer opened his eyes and sighed heavily.
-
-“We’re going to carry you the rest of the way now, Joe,” Robert
-announced cheerily. “We’ll start any time you say.”
-
-“I’m ready,” replied Joseph, at the same time trying to force a smile.
-
-“All right then, Deerfoot, let’s go,” said Robert. “We’ll carry him just
-as we did before. You don’t mind if the trip is rough, do you, Joe?
-We’ve got to travel fast, you know.”
-
-“The faster the better,” said Joseph.
-
-Deerfoot reconnoitered the nearby ground, but saw nothing to alarm him.
-Everything was quiet, even the guns having ceased momentarily.
-
-“We go now,” announced Deerfoot, and he and Robert bent down to pick up
-their wounded young companion. They were just lifting him from the
-ground when a warning shout caused them to set him down quickly once
-more.
-
-“What was that?” cried Robert. He immediately seized his rifle and held
-it ready for instant use. Deerfoot, too, was instantly alert.
-
-“Red!” The call was repeated. It was John Mason’s voice and Robert
-recognized it at once. The little band of scouts were not more than
-thirty or forty yards distant so that conversation could easily be
-carried on.
-
-“What is it?” called Robert.
-
-“Come back as quickly as you can!” shouted Mason. “I think there are two
-Indians stealing up on you through the long grass.”
-
-“All right,” replied Robert.
-
-“We’d better hurry, Deerfoot,” he exclaimed. “They say some Indians are
-creeping up on us here. We can’t waste any more time.”
-
-“We wasted some listening to Mason,” Joseph remarked.
-
-“I know it,” cried Robert impatiently. “Wouldn’t you think he could see
-that we were starting when he yelled at us? We’ll have to hurry more
-than ever now. Come on, Deerfoot,” he urged, and once more he bent down
-and grasped Joseph by his ankles.
-
-“What’s the matter, Deerfoot?” he exclaimed angrily as the Pottowattomie
-made no move to help him.
-
-Just at that moment, however, Deerfoot snatched his tomahawk from his
-belt and hurled it with all his force.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX
- A LIVELY SKIRMISH
-
-
-Robert wheeled instantly to discover the cause of Deerfoot’s action. He
-was not a second too soon, for, as he turned, a tomahawk whizzed past
-his head, missing him only by a few inches. His sudden movement had
-saved his life.
-
-As if springing from the ground itself, an Indian bore down upon him.
-The redskin was scarcely ten feet distant when the startled boy first
-caught sight of him. On he came with knife upraised, shouting his war
-whoop. Fury was depicted in every line of the Indian’s countenance.
-Robert had his rifle in his hand, but, he had no time to take aim, so
-swiftly did his enemy charge. Instinctively, however, the young
-volunteer started to raise the gun to his shoulder. He realized at once
-that he would not have time to take aim, and accordingly before the
-barrel was above the level of his hips he fired.
-
-Even at so short a distance the bullet went wild. The report of the gun,
-the flash and the smoke checked the Indian momentarily, however, and
-this check undoubtedly saved Robert’s life. Following the discharge of
-the gun, almost instantly Deerfoot hurled himself through the air upon
-the body of the onrushing Sac. The two men came together with a thud and
-a moment later they were struggling on the ground.
-
-Robert was so stunned by the unexpected turn of events that he merely
-stood and looked at the fight going on at his feet. Joseph, on the other
-hand, had not lost his wits for even an instant.
-
-“Jump in there and help Deerfoot, Bob!” he cried. “What are you standing
-around doing nothing for?”
-
-To Robert it had seemed as if this contest was to be just like the one
-he had decided in Deerfoot’s favor only a few moments before. It was
-hard for him to distinguish one Indian from the other, but he stood over
-the two, ready to follow Joseph’s instructions the moment an opportunity
-should offer.
-
-Deerfoot’s opponent had a long knife in his hand. He struggled
-desperately to get a chance to use it, while Deerfoot fought with all
-his strength to prevent this move. He had seized his adversary by the
-wrist and clung desperately to the hand which was holding the deadly
-knife.
-
-“Knock that knife out of his hand!” called Joseph excitedly. He partly
-raised himself from the ground and even tried to rise to his feet. This
-was out of the question, however, and he sank back with a groan.
-
-“Rap him on the knuckles! What’s the matter with you, Bob?” he cried.
-“Why don’t you do something?”
-
-As the hand which held the knife swung in his direction Robert did shake
-off his lethargy and was able to do something. He struck the hostile
-redman with all his force directly across the wrist. He used a stone
-which he had picked up for the purpose. The blow was a severe one and it
-accomplished its object. The fingers relaxed their grip on the handle
-and the knife slipped to the ground.
-
-“Grab it, quick!” directed Joseph. “Don’t let him have it again!”
-
-Robert pounced upon the weapon and having availed himself of it turned
-to use it on his enemy. It was not necessary, however. The blow which
-Robert had dealt had broken the Indian’s wrist and rendered his hand
-useless. Deerfoot found no difficulty in dealing with an opponent who
-now had the use of only one arm.
-
-He quickly disposed of his adversary and both Robert and Joseph turned
-their backs with a shudder as Deerfoot tore the scalp from his victim’s
-head. There was no use in arguing with him about the act now, however.
-
-“Let’s hurry!” exclaimed Robert, when Deerfoot had completed his
-gruesome task.
-
-“No go yet,” replied Deerfoot. He quickly stepped over the log which had
-sheltered them all so well, and parting the bushes disclosed to view
-another Indian who lay lifeless on the ground. Deerfoot immediately set
-to work to tear his bloody trophy from the head of this brave also.
-
-“Where did that Indian come from?” exclaimed Robert in surprise.
-
-“Didn’t you see Deerfoot throw his tomahawk?” asked Joseph.
-
-“Yes, but I didn’t know it was at that man.”
-
-“Certainly it was,” said Joseph. “His aim was evidently good, too.”
-
-“I should say so. Just suppose it hadn’t been though. I hate to think of
-what might have happened to us if he had missed.” Robert shivered at the
-mere thought of such a thing.
-
-At this moment Deerfoot reappeared, his work completed. “We go now,” he
-exclaimed quickly.
-
-“It’s about time,” said Robert as he bent over to pick up his brother.
-Once more he grasped him by the ankles while Deerfoot held him under his
-arms. Thus burdened, they turned and started back to the shelter of the
-trees.
-
-“Come along,” shouted John Mason cheerily. “We’ll keep watch that no one
-else gets close to you. Come as fast as you can and keep low.”
-
-“I’m low enough,” exclaimed Joseph, as his back bumped upon a mound of
-earth.
-
-“Sorry, Joe, I didn’t mean to scrape you,” Robert apologized.
-
-“Don’t worry about me,” said Joseph. “You can bump me all you want if
-you will only get me back quickly. My wound feels better now since
-Deerfoot bandaged it.”
-
-Stumbling and tripping often, they hurried on their way. Shouts and
-words of encouragement were flung at them from their comrades and served
-as a spur to the three friends. Soon they reached their original
-positions where a warm welcome was waiting for them.
-
-“Great work!” cried Walt, risking his life to run forward and shake
-hands with all three of the volunteers. “You all did splendidly.”
-
-“Indeed you did!” echoed John Mason. “We are very proud of you.”
-
-“Who can fix Joe’s leg?” demanded Robert. He had no interest in the
-words of praise being heaped upon them. At least, his brother’s welfare
-was the first thought that came into his mind.
-
-“Is he hurt badly?” exclaimed Walt anxiously.
-
-“I think not,” replied Robert. “It seems like a flesh wound, but it
-ought to be attended to.”
-
-“Of course it had,” said John Mason. “Some one help me carry him back
-here a little way and I’ll soon fix him up.”
-
-Once more Joseph was lifted from the ground and borne farther back from
-the firing line. John Mason set to work at once and it was easy to see
-from the way he conducted himself that he was an expert in the art of
-looking after wounds. In a very few moments he had doctored Joseph so
-successfully that he was able to bear some weight upon his injured limb.
-With two men supporting him he was even able to hobble along for a few
-steps.
-
-“Do you think you can ride your horse?” asked John Mason anxiously.
-
-“I know I can,” replied Joseph.
-
-“That’s good news. If we have to run for it you’ll certainly need The
-Swallow to help you out.”
-
-“I can shoot a gun, too,” exclaimed Joseph.
-
-“Maybe you can,” admitted Mason. “At the same time you’re not going to
-try it just now.”
-
-“Let me have just one shot,” he pleaded.
-
-“What’s the use, Joe?” demanded Robert. “It will be dark in half an hour
-and the fight will be over. We don’t need you. The Indians are beaten.
-Why, we killed three ourselves and they won’t risk any more men.”
-
-“Don’t be too sure about that,” cautioned Mason. “It’s true that night
-is coming on and I don’t believe they’d try to attack us in the dark,
-but I have a feeling that they may make one last try before night really
-falls.”
-
-The firing had slackened in the last few moments and there seemed to be
-a decided lull in the hostilities. This state of affairs was not of long
-duration, however, for suddenly the war whoop sounded again and the
-firing recommenced. John Mason was right. The Indians were making a last
-desperate attempt to overcome their foes.
-
-“You stay here, Joe,” exclaimed Robert. “Here, sit behind this tree and
-we will come after you if anything happens.”
-
-“I don’t worry about that,” said Joseph. “Please don’t let anything
-happen, though.”
-
-“Not if we can help it,” exclaimed Mason. “Come on, Bob,” he urged.
-“They need us out there in front I guess.”
-
-Walt and Deerfoot already had taken their places on the firing line
-again and Robert and Mason soon joined them. The Indians were closer now
-and were evidently striving desperately to strike a telling blow at the
-white men.
-
-The approaching darkness was a great aid to the Indians, who crept
-determinedly nearer and nearer to the band of scouts. It was hard to
-discover them in the dusk and every moment it seemed as if the flash of
-a hostile rifle came from a new place. The flash came and then when the
-scouts’ fire was directed at the spot the Indian apparently had moved.
-The next shot would come from a spot ten or fifteen feet to the left or
-right; it was impossible to tell which beforehand.
-
-“They’ll outflank us,” exclaimed John Mason anxiously. “If they ever get
-around to our rear we won’t stand any chance at all.”
-
-Already three of the scouts had fallen. Two of them were dead and the
-other, a man named William Reach, was mortally wounded. What the
-casualties on the Indian side were it was impossible to tell. At any
-rate the advance had not been checked. Using every bit of cover, the
-redmen pressed forward relentlessly. Every moment the position of the
-scouts became more untenable.
-
-“We’ll have to fall back,” exclaimed Walt at length. “Go slow, though,”
-he called, “and keep your guns busy all the time.”
-
-Fighting every inch of the distance, the scouts retreated. From tree to
-tree they went, doggedly and stubbornly contesting the ground with their
-opponents. The Indians were not to be denied, however, and it was soon
-apparent that the white men must run for their lives. They were
-outnumbered by their foes and unless they made their escape soon it was
-evident that they would be caught in a trap.
-
-Walt turned to Robert. “You and Deerfoot go and put your brother on his
-horse,” he ordered. “Then you both get on your ponies and run for it. We
-will follow right behind you.”
-
-“Don’t you need us here?” exclaimed Robert, loath to leave his place on
-the front.
-
-“Yes, we need you,” admitted Walt. “Joseph needs you more, though. Go to
-him as fast as you can. You’d better go quickly, too. Things may be
-pretty hot for us here in a few moments.”
-
-Robert delayed no longer. Summoning Deerfoot he hurried back to the
-place where they had left Joseph seated under the tree. On the way he
-saw two of his comrades bending over William Reach, the man who had been
-wounded. From their attitude he could see plainly that another member of
-the band had breathed his last.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX
- A MIDNIGHT RIDE
-
-
-“What’s the matter, Bob?” exclaimed Joseph as he spied his brother and
-Deerfoot hastening in his direction.
-
-“Everything’s the matter,” cried Robert. “The Indians are attacking us
-for all they are worth and we’ll be surrounded unless we get out of here
-pretty quick.”
-
-“Get the ponies and I’m ready,” said Joseph eagerly.
-
-Deerfoot and Robert hastened to obey and in a very short time returned.
-Each one rode his own pony and Robert led The Swallow, holding the reins
-with his left hand. He quickly dismounted and Deerfoot did the same.
-
-“Now,” cried Robert cheerily, “just let us get hold of you, Joe, and
-you’ll be in your saddle before you know it.”
-
-“Don’t worry about me,” exclaimed Joseph. “I’m almost as good as I ever
-was.”
-
-“That’s the way to talk,” said Robert heartily. “Are you all ready now?”
-
-“All ready.”
-
-Deerfoot and Robert soon lifted Joseph into the saddle, where he seemed
-to be more at ease than he had been on the ground. His two friends
-watched him anxiously.
-
-“Think you can stand it?” inquired Robert.
-
-“I know I can.”
-
-“Then we go,” exclaimed Deerfoot, and a moment later they were cantering
-swiftly toward the open prairie.
-
-“Where are we going?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“We go back to Dixon’s,” said Deerfoot.
-
-“Who said to do that?” exclaimed Robert in surprise. “I haven’t heard of
-anything like that.”
-
-“Walt say go there,” explained Deerfoot.
-
-“What about our dispatches?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“He say band split. One half go Fort Armstrong. One half go Dixon’s. We
-go Dixon’s.”
-
-“You’re sure about that, are you?” inquired Robert earnestly.
-
-“Me sure,” said Deerfoot confidently.
-
-“What do you suppose his idea is?” Robert asked of his brother. He
-always had the feeling that Joseph would know the reason for almost
-anything. He had a great amount of confidence in his level-headed older
-brother.
-
-“I don’t know,” said Joseph doubtfully. “Perhaps he thinks that the
-smaller the band the less chance there is of discovery. If we split in
-two we may throw the Indians off the trail.”
-
-“That’s true,” agreed Robert. “I suppose that was Walt’s idea, too.”
-
-“How many of us are there anyway?” asked Joseph. “We started out with
-ten. Have we lost any men?”
-
-“We certainly have. There are only six left now.”
-
-“What!” exclaimed Joseph. “You mean to say that four men were killed?”
-
-“Indeed they were,” said Robert sadly. “There are four men back there in
-those woods who’ll never do any more Indian fighting.”
-
-“How about John Mason?” demanded Joseph. “Don’t tell me he was killed.”
-
-“He was all right a few moments ago.”
-
-“I hope nothing happens to him,” said Joseph earnestly. “He’s too fine a
-man to lose.”
-
-At this moment they emerged from the swamp onto the prairie. Night had
-fallen and the full moon was just appearing over the rim of the horizon.
-The three fugitives were thus assured of some light to guide them on
-their long ride. Well it was too, for at present it was not safe to
-halt. The opinion seemed to be that their foes would not attempt any
-pursuit, but of this they could not be sure. Their one idea was to put
-as much distance between them and their enemies as the condition of
-Joseph’s wound would permit. Thus far he was bearing up splendidly, but
-he was weak and could not be counted on for too great an exertion.
-
-In silence they rode most of the time. Hour after hour passed and mile
-after mile was covered. The hardy ponies seemed tireless and with
-apparent ease maintained their steady gait across the plains. A halt was
-called about midnight so that men and horses might have a breathing
-spell, but after a short rest the journey was resumed. Not a sign of the
-enemy had they seen, but there was always the danger of encountering
-roving bands and the three fugitives were all intent upon reaching
-Dixon’s Ferry at the earliest possible moment.
-
-As the first faint streaks of dawn appeared over the expanse of prairie
-the little settlement on the Rock River came into view. The sight
-spurred the tired travelers on and in a short time they were once more
-in the town and safe again. Safe at least until they should start out on
-their next expedition.
-
-“Well, Joe,” exclaimed Robert, as he and Deerfoot lifted the wounded
-young volunteer from the back of The Swallow. “How do you feel after
-your ride?”
-
-“All right,” said Joseph and promptly fainted. He had suffered much pain
-all through the long, hard night and had kept up on nerve alone. Now
-that the journey was ended he could resist no longer, but gave up
-entirely.
-
-Robert and Deerfoot laid him tenderly upon the ground. “You stay here,
-Deerfoot,” exclaimed Robert, “and I’ll go and see about having Joe
-looked after in the hospital here.”
-
-He hastened away and soon returned to say that all arrangements had been
-made to receive his brother in the hospital. In a short space of time
-Joseph was transferred to the house which temporarily served for that
-purpose. When Robert and Deerfoot were convinced that all arrangements
-had been made for his comfort, they left him there and sought their own
-quarters.
-
-Dixon’s Ferry now presented a forlorn appearance. General Atkinson with
-the army had moved on up the Rock River, leaving Major Stillman’s corps
-at Dixon’s Ferry to care for the wounded and to guard the supplies. No
-sooner had Atkinson left, however, than practically every man in
-Stillman’s corps deserted and returned to his home. Disgracefully
-defeated, they now added further disgrace to their cowardly record by
-quitting their post.
-
-The settlement was deserted except for a few of the men who had enough
-pride and patriotism to stick to their duty. All the supplies for the
-armies of Generals Atkinson and Whiteside were thus left practically
-unguarded. They were at the mercy of Black Hawk, should he choose to
-attack in force.
-
-Robert was indignant and so was everyone else who remained. This did not
-bring the men back, however. Panic seemed to have seized the whole
-country. Black Hawk’s victory at Sycamore Creek had inspired the whole
-region with terror. Settlers fled from their homes, in many cases
-leaving all their valuables behind them. Sometimes even worse things
-than that happened. If they had not been so tragic they might have been
-amusing, as the following story, told to Robert by one of the men,
-illustrates.
-
-There was one family that lived near the Iroquois River in the
-northeastern part of Illinois. They owned no horses, but had a large
-family of small children, eleven in all. In the course of their flight
-it was necessary for them to cross the river. Coming to the bank they
-found it was impossible for the small children to cross unaided. The
-stream was high and rapid, so that the father had to carry the little
-ones over one at a time. Trip after trip he made until he had them all
-across, as he thought. They were about to continue their flight when a
-cry from the opposite bank arrested their attention.
-
-Standing on the bank of the stream and crying piteously was little
-Susan, just four years old. In the excitement she had been overlooked.
-The father at once plunged into the stream again to rescue his child,
-when the mother, seeing it, cried out, “Never mind Susan; we have
-succeeded in getting ten over, which is more than we expected at
-first—and we can better spare Susan than you, my dear.” So poor little
-Susan was abandoned by her panic-stricken family and left to the mercy
-of the savages. No harm came to her, however, for one of the neighbors
-out hunting found her and took charge of her. Thus the poor child’s life
-was saved, though not through any help from her family who had treated
-her so shabbily.
-
-This was a sample of the conditions existing on the border at that time,
-however. The settlers were in a constant state of panic. The rustle of a
-wild animal in the underbrush; the howl of a wolf in the prairie; the
-fall of a forest bough were enough to blanch the cheeks of the bravest
-men.
-
-“It makes me so mad!” exclaimed Robert hotly. “The women and children
-can lose their nerve if they want, but when the men do, too, there is no
-excuse for them.”
-
-He was sitting beside Joseph’s cot in the hospital the next day after
-their arrival, and was giving full vent to his feelings.
-
-“I know it,” replied Joseph. “It isn’t right at all.”
-
-“Isn’t right!” exclaimed Robert. “Well, I should say not! Even the
-troops are losing heart. A fine bunch of cowards we enlisted with, I
-should say.”
-
-“There is no use in getting so excited about it, Bob,” said Joseph
-quietly.
-
-“Yes, there is too. It does me good to say what I think, anyway.”
-
-“Perhaps that’s true,” laughed Joseph. “At any rate you and I are going
-to do our duty, no matter what the others may do.”
-
-“We certainly are,” cried Robert. “Deerfoot will stand by us, too.”
-
-“Of course he will. What does he think about things anyway?”
-
-“How do I know? Did you ever hear Deerfoot say what he thought about
-anything like this? I never did myself.”
-
-“Nor I,” agreed Joseph. “He doesn’t express himself very freely, does
-he?”
-
-“He certainly does not,” Robert agreed. “He not only doesn’t express his
-opinion, but he doesn’t say anything at all. You know how I like to
-talk, and it gets on my nerves to talk and talk to Deerfoot and have him
-grunt and grunt and once in a while say yes or no.”
-
-“You mustn’t mind that,” laughed Joseph. “That is only his way and you
-know what a good friend of ours he really is.”
-
-“Certainly I do. Just at present, though, I don’t feel like sitting
-around and doing nothing. There isn’t even anyone to talk to hardly and
-I want to talk at least.”
-
-“We’ll have lots to do in a little while, I guess,” said Joseph. “This
-war isn’t over by any means yet and just as quick as my leg is better we
-can look around and find something.”
-
-“When are you going to be well?”
-
-“I don’t know,” replied Joseph. “The doctor said in less than two weeks
-anyway, and probably before then. If anything very important happens
-before that time you can be sure that I’ll be in it, wound or no wound.”
-
-“You’ll be all right soon, I guess,” said Robert cheerily. “I hope so
-anyway. General Atkinson is chasing Black Hawk up the Rock and you and I
-don’t want to miss any of the fun.”
-
-“We won’t miss any; don’t worry about that. When Black Hawk gets into
-those swamps up at the head of the Rock River near the lakes, you can be
-sure it will take more than two weeks to drive him out. We’ll see all
-the ‘fun’ we want, all right.”
-
-“I hope so,” exclaimed Robert earnestly. “And now I must leave,” he
-added as he rose to go. “Good-bye, Joe. I’ll come in again soon.”
-
-“Good-bye, Bob,” said Joseph. “If Deerfoot talks too much, tell me and
-I’ll ask him to stop.”
-
-“I only wish he’d start,” laughed Robert, as he left his brother’s room
-and made his way back to the tent which he and Deerfoot shared.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXI
- THE FIGHT ON THE PEKATONIKA
-
-
-Two weeks passed and Joseph was entirely healed of his wound. A slight
-limp at times was the only trace that remained and that promised to
-disappear soon. He was up and as cheerful as ever. They were still at
-Dixon’s Ferry and the inaction did not gall Joseph as much as it did his
-impetuous brother.
-
-He spent much of his time with The Swallow, grooming and caring for the
-beautiful pony. He had taught the intelligent animal to come at his
-whistle and most of the time the horse followed at his heels in much the
-same manner a dog would do. Every day Joseph’s pride in his mount grew.
-He never ceased to wonder at the easy gait and the wonderful speed The
-Swallow exhibited on the frequent rides they took over the prairies.
-
-There had been no organized fighting of late. General Atkinson had
-returned to Dixon’s Ferry as soon as he learned of the desertion of
-Major Stillman’s corps. He had left General Whiteside to carry on the
-pursuit of Black Hawk, while he returned with the regulars to protect
-the supplies left at Dixon’s Ferry.
-
-Whiteside’s men soon became tired of soldiering, however. Black Hawk had
-crossed the northern border of Illinois and was now in Michigan. He had
-gone into the unexplored and almost impenetrable swamps of the north,
-the men declared, and could never be captured. At any rate they said
-that, being Illinois volunteers, they were not required to serve outside
-the state. They also claimed they had enlisted for only a month and that
-their time of service had expired.
-
-After two or three days of fruitless skirmishing and before they had
-come to the Michigan state line, a council of officers was held and
-further search for Black Hawk was abandoned. They had penetrated only as
-far as the Kishwaukee River, not many miles north of the place where
-Stillman was defeated on Sycamore Creek. However, they turned and
-marched south to Ottawa, where, at their own request, they were mustered
-out of service by Governor Reynolds on the twenty-seventh and
-twenty-eighth of May, 1832.
-
-On their way from the Kishwaukee to Ottawa the militiamen stopped at a
-farm on Indian creek where a few days before a terrible massacre of
-Whites had taken place. The mutilated bodies of fifteen men, women and
-children lay unburied upon the ground. This frightful scene instead of
-inspiring the troops to renewed action against the Indians, still
-further discouraged them. They were more eager than ever to give up the
-fight.
-
-Governor Reynolds was active, however, and at once called for a fresh
-levy of “at least two thousand troops.” These men were to assemble at
-Beardstown, a place on the Illinois River south of Dixon’s Ferry, and
-were to serve through the war. Meanwhile the government at Washington
-ordered a thousand regulars under General Winfield Scott to proceed from
-their stations on the coast to the seat of war.
-
-General Atkinson had been greatly disturbed by the failure of the first
-campaign and the cowardice of the militia shamed him deeply. At his
-earnest appeal three hundred mounted volunteer rangers agreed to remain
-in the field and protect the line of Illinois settlements until the new
-army could be mobilized. Colonel Henry Frye was in command of this
-company, and Joseph, Robert and Deerfoot lost no time in enrolling
-themselves with this band.
-
-“It sounds as though we’d find something to do with them,” was Robert’s
-way of explaining the move. “We’ve been idle long enough and we can’t
-get very much revenge if we just sit and do nothing.”
-
-“You’re right, Bob,” agreed Joseph. “My leg is all right now and I’m
-just as anxious as you are to be active again.”
-
-“Oh, no you’re not,” remarked Robert. “It isn’t possible for any one to
-be as eager about it as I am.”
-
-“Well, we won’t argue it anyway,” laughed Joseph. “We’ll compromise and
-say we’re both eager.”
-
-“Does that suit you, Deerfoot?” inquired Robert, at the same time
-winking slyly at his brother.
-
-“Ugh,” grunted Deerfoot.
-
-“Does Joseph’s suggestion suit you?” Robert persisted.
-
-“Sure, me suit,” replied the Pottowattomie seriously, and try as he
-might Robert was unable to get any other answer from the red man. The
-young frontiersman was full of mischief and took special delight in
-teasing Deerfoot. The Indian took everything seriously and never seemed
-to be able to appreciate the fact that white boys sometimes said things
-in fun that they did not mean.
-
-“Oh, you’re hopeless,” exclaimed Robert in mock despair. “Haven’t you
-any sense of humor at all, Deerfoot?”
-
-“Huh?” grunted the Indian blankly.
-
-“Never mind,” laughed Robert. “You’re all right, Deerfoot, and if I
-meant all I said the way you do I guess I’d be a better citizen than I
-am now.”
-
-Deerfoot did not understand what all this talk was about and he looked
-in amazement from one to the other of the boys. They were much amused at
-his bewilderment, but they soon ceased teasing him. It always made them
-feel that they were taking an unfair advantage of their faithful friend,
-and like all true sportsmen they derived no pleasure from a contest that
-was unequal.
-
-“I wonder if there has been any fighting lately,” said Joseph a few
-moments later.
-
-“Of course there has,” exclaimed Robert. “It is going on all the time
-and at this very minute I suppose some poor family is being murdered.”
-
-“Where?” demanded Deerfoot innocently.
-
-“I don’t know where,” said Robert. “I just said I supposed some family
-somewhere was being murdered.”
-
-“Ugh,” grunted Deerfoot. He asked no more questions and merely shook his
-head in token that he did not understand.
-
-The three friends were seated under a large oak tree. The time was
-mid-afternoon and they were enjoying the warm sunshine and the fine June
-weather. It was a lazy day and the three volunteers felt lazy
-themselves. They had done nothing for so long they had acquired the
-habit of being idle. At the same time the inaction was not entirely to
-their liking, as was evidenced by their conversation.
-
-“I wish something would happen,” yawned Robert. “I must say I’m bored.”
-
-As he finished speaking a man was seen approaching on horseback. This
-was not an unusual sight in itself, but when time hangs heavy on one’s
-hands almost anything is of interest. The three friends sat up and
-watched the horseman as he came near.
-
-“Why, it’s John Mason!” exclaimed Joseph suddenly. “Where do you suppose
-he has been?”
-
-“He’ll probably tell us in a couple of minutes,” said Robert, rising to
-his feet.
-
-Mason rode straight to the tree where the three men were and quickly
-dismounted. He shook hands heartily all around and was accorded a most
-enthusiastic welcome. Innumerable questions were asked of him by the two
-brothers, but he made no attempt to answer them at that time. “You two
-boys are regular interrogation points,” he exclaimed laughingly. “Just
-give me a chance to catch my breath and I’ll try to reply to some of
-your questions.”
-
-“Have you been in any more fights?” demanded Robert.
-
-“I should say I had.”
-
-“Tell us about it quick,” Robert insisted, but Joseph restrained him.
-
-“Give Mr. Mason a chance, Bob,” he said. “Don’t you see he is tired and
-wants to rest? Perhaps he doesn’t want to tell us about it anyway.”
-
-“Yes, I do, too,” exclaimed Mason. “First of all, though, I want to say
-we got our dispatches to Fort Armstrong safely and didn’t even seen an
-Indian on the way.”
-
-“We didn’t either,” said Joseph. “We came back here without a bit of
-trouble.”
-
-“I see you are safe and sound. How is the wounded leg?”
-
-“As good as ever,” replied Joseph and he executed a war dance to prove
-the truth of his statement.
-
-“Good for you,” cried John Mason. “Now, are you ready to hear about the
-fight?”
-
-“I am,” exclaimed Robert quickly.
-
-“All right then,” said Mason. “Here goes. I had been sent to Fort
-Hamilton from Fort Armstrong and was there on the fourteenth of June.
-That was just about a week ago. Word came to us on the next day that a
-scouting party of Sacs had killed five men the day before at the
-Spafford farm. The farm lies on the Pekatonika River, not far from Fort
-Hamilton. Colonel Henry Dodge was in command of the brigade stationed at
-the fort and at once started in pursuit of the Indians. Never being
-willing to be left out of anything I asked to be allowed to go along and
-received the desired permission.
-
-“We set out with all possible speed and soon came upon the trail of the
-Indians. In fact we were so close to them at one time that we could see
-some of the warriors. We had no chance to shoot, however, and the
-Indians fled with amazing speed. They crossed and recrossed the
-Pekatonika several times, but we pressed them closer and closer, and at
-length when they saw that escape was impossible they made a stand. We
-immediately dismounted and cautiously picked our way forward. The Sacs
-had taken up their position in a dense thicket and were waiting for us.
-
-“Colonel Dodge intended that we should fire a volley and then charge.
-The Indians, however, were on the lookout for us and fired first. One of
-our soldiers, a man named Apple, was killed, and a man named Jenkins was
-wounded. We never let up on them for a moment, however, and several were
-shot as they attempted to escape by swimming the river. When the fight
-started I think our forces were about equal in strength, but the Indians
-had been in the river so much that many of them had got their powder wet
-and so their guns were useless.”
-
-“It should have been easy to finish them then,” remarked Robert.
-
-“Don’t you think so!” exclaimed Mason warmly. “Their guns may have been
-no good to them, but they still had knives and they tried to close in on
-us with those. They fought desperately, but many of them were shot down.
-One big, burly brave came plunging directly at me. He had his gun to his
-shoulder and when only a few yards distant he pulled the trigger. The
-powder was wet, however, and it did not go off. I raised my rifle, but
-my powder was also damp and so nothing happened when I tried to fire,
-either. Meanwhile, knife in hand, the savage came toward me. My case was
-desperate, but I still had my revolver and when he was but a few scant
-feet away I drew it and shot him down.”
-
-“Whew!” exclaimed Joseph, “That was pretty close, wasn’t it?”
-
-“Too close to be comfortable,” said Mason grimly. “I can tell you I was
-frightened there for a couple of seconds.”
-
-“You had good reason to be,” agreed Robert. “But tell me,” he continued,
-“how did the fight finally end?”
-
-“As far as I know every one of the Indians was killed. Of course I can’t
-be sure of that, but I don’t think a single one escaped. Our men fought
-like demons that day.”
-
-“That’s the way to fight!” exclaimed Robert. “At least that’s the way to
-do when you’re fighting demons.”
-
-“All Indians aren’t demons,” laughed Mason. “Just look at Deerfoot
-here.”
-
-“No, he isn’t one, I know,” agreed Robert. “You can fight like one just
-the same, can’t you, Deerfoot?”
-
-“Ugh,” grunted the Pottowattomie, much embarrassed by the attention
-being paid him.
-
-“If you had been as near to him in that fight the other day as I was,”
-Robert continued, “you’d have thought he was a demon all right.”
-
-“We’re glad he’s on our side, I guess,” remarked Joseph earnestly.
-
-“We certainly are,” echoed Robert. “How many men did you lose in that
-fight on the Pekatonika?” he asked, turning to Mason once more.
-
-“Three men killed and one wounded. That wasn’t so bad considering what
-we did to the Indians, was it?”
-
-“I should say not,” exclaimed Robert.
-
-At that moment a messenger came up to the place where they were seated
-and handed a note to Joseph. The young volunteer tore it open at once
-and eagerly scanned the contents, while the others watched him with deep
-interest.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXII
- APPLE RIVER FORT
-
-
-“We leave for Galena at once,” announced Joseph when he had finished
-reading his communication.
-
-“Good!” exclaimed Robert, immediately jumping to his feet. “At last we
-are going to do something.”
-
-“Who is ordered to go?” asked Mason.
-
-“Why, Bob, Deerfoot and I,” replied Joseph. “I wish you were going too.”
-
-“So do I,” exclaimed Mason. “I think I’ll see if I can arrange it.”
-
-“Go on,” urged Robert. “Four is just the right number and we need you
-along with us.”
-
-“All right,” agreed Mason. “You three go get ready to start and I’ll see
-what can be done. I hope I’ll be with you.”
-
-“We do, too,” said Joseph eagerly. “We’ll see you soon.”
-
-They hastened away and were soon busied with their preparations for the
-journey. This task did not take long, however, and they were soon ready
-to leave. They were engaged in saddling their horses when John Mason
-rode joyously up to the spot where they were standing.
-
-“It’s all right, boys,” he announced. “I am going with you.”
-
-“Fine!” exclaimed Joseph and Robert in one breath. Deerfoot even relaxed
-so far as to show that he too was pleased to have John Mason a member of
-the party.
-
-“Do you know where your errand is at Galena?” Mason inquired of Joseph.
-
-“We are to take some dispatches to a Colonel Strode. Do you know him?”
-
-“Yes, indeed. I think he is in command there, isn’t he?”
-
-“I can’t say as to that,” replied Joseph. “At any rate he is the man we
-are to see.”
-
-“You haven’t got the dispatches yet, have you?” asked Robert.
-
-“No. I am going after them now. I’ll meet you right here in about ten
-minutes and then we’ll be all ready to start.”
-
-The young volunteer swung himself gracefully into his saddle and a
-moment later The Swallow was bearing him swiftly toward headquarters.
-True to his word he was back again in ten minutes and without further
-delay the four horsemen set out. They soon crossed the Rock River and
-struck across country for Galena.
-
-So long as enough light remained for them to see their way they kept on.
-They had not started until late afternoon, however, so before a great
-many miles had been covered it became necessary to call a halt. Camp was
-pitched and preparations made for the night. Lots were drawn and the
-night divided into four parts, each member of the party standing guard
-for one quarter of the time. Though no sign of the enemy had been seen
-it was felt to be very necessary to have a watch. Roving bands of Black
-Hawk’s warriors infested the country and it was never possible to tell
-just when and where they would be encountered.
-
-Soon after daylight the journey was continued. The little band kept
-close together and a sharp lookout was maintained at all times. They
-followed the old trail from Chicago to Galena and toward noon came to
-Kellogg’s Grove Fort, on Plum River. They stopped there for their
-noonday meal and then soon after proceeded on their way. Excellent
-progress was made and several hours before sundown they spied a small
-blockhouse, called Apple River Fort, about fourteen miles east of
-Galena.
-
-“That’s Apple River Fort!” exclaimed John Mason as the sturdy little
-building appeared in the distance. “We’ve made good time and we’ll be in
-Galena before long.”
-
-“If we reach there before dark it will be time enough,” said Joseph.
-
-“Plenty of time,” agreed Mason. “Why——”
-
-The sharp report of a rifle interrupted him. He was half turned about in
-his saddle and held the reins loosely in one hand. His right hand rested
-on his horse’s back as he looked around at his companions. The rifle
-ball struck him squarely in the right forearm and nearly precipitated
-him from the saddle. At the same time his horse jumped and only superb
-horsemanship saved the man from being thrown to the ground.
-
-“Are you hurt?” cried Robert anxiously.
-
-“In the arm. It isn’t anything,” said Mason quickly.
-
-“Can you ride all right?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“Of course I can.”
-
-“Then we’d better waste no time. Just look back there!”
-
-One glance was sufficient. Behind them and coming on at full speed was a
-war party of over one hundred Indians. Once more the two brothers heard
-the war whoop resound over the plains and again they fled for their
-lives.
-
-“Make for the fort!” cried Mason. He set spurs to his horse and closely
-followed by the three others raced for the blockhouse looming up before
-them. The yells of the Indians sounded in their ears, while bullets cut
-the air all about them.
-
-Joseph soon outdistanced the others, owing to the superior speed of The
-Swallow, and he was the first to arrive at the fort. His comrades were
-not far behind, however, and as they came within the protection of the
-stockade they were greeted by a cheer from the occupants who had watched
-the thrilling race with breathless interest. At the same time a volley
-from the rifles of the defenders caused the Indians to halt abruptly.
-
-A moment later the four messengers were inside the fort and were
-preparing to assist in its defense. Men, women and children were there,
-all gathered from the nearby cabins and surrounding farms. John Mason’s
-wound quickly received attention and was found to be not at all serious.
-When it had been bathed and bound up he was even able to handle his gun.
-
-“Whew! We reached here just in time, I should say,” exclaimed Joseph,
-wiping his brow.
-
-“Yes, but wasn’t that fun?” said Robert excitedly. “It certainly was
-great sport racing those fellows.”
-
-“Now that it’s over, it was all right,” agreed Joseph. “I’d hate to have
-to do that every day though.”
-
-“Let’s lend a hand here,” exclaimed Robert eagerly. “There are a couple
-of portholes over there we can take care of. Look at Deerfoot; he is
-already as busy as he can be.”
-
-The inside of the fort presented a curious scene. At every porthole was
-a man with a rifle. As fast as they could load they fired out at the
-horde of yelling savages, who in turn were showering bullets on the
-walls of the stockade. Powder was plentiful, but the defenders were
-short of bullets. Fortunately a supply of lead had been received from
-Galena only an hour before, however, and the women were now busied in
-molding bullets. As fast as they could they melted the lead and molded
-it into rifle balls. The men were gallant in their defense, but so also
-were the women. They worked like beavers and had it not been for their
-splendid efforts the fort must surely have fallen.
-
-The Indians were on all sides. Every bit of cover seemed to hide one of
-the red men. A steady fire was kept up against the fort, but, thanks to
-the thickness and strength of its walls, the bullets could not
-penetrate. At the same time the heroic efforts of its defenders kept the
-Indians from attacking too recklessly.
-
-An officer named Captain Stone was in command of the fort. He went from
-one to another of the men, urging them to still greater efforts and
-encouraging everyone by his air of quiet confidence and courage. Joseph
-ran short of bullets and had gone for more. As he was receiving a fresh
-supply, Captain Stone approached the spot where he was standing.
-
-“That was a narrow escape you had, young man,” he remarked.
-
-“Yes, sir,” replied Joseph, touching his cap. “We have had so many
-lately, though, that we are sort of becoming used to them.”
-
-“What is your name?” inquired Captain Stone.
-
-“Joseph Hall.”
-
-“Are you the young man who owns The Swallow?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“I’ve heard of you, then. You are famous all along the frontier. Were
-you on The Swallow when you came in here?”
-
-“Yes,” replied Joseph, much pleased by the captain’s remarks. “There
-stands The Swallow right now.” And he pointed to a corner of the fort
-where the horses were tethered.
-
-“I must go and see him, when this fight is over. That is, if we win.”
-
-“Of course we’ll win,” exclaimed Joseph. “Don’t you think so?”
-
-“Unless they set fire to us.”
-
-“You don’t think they’ll do that, do you? Why, they couldn’t get close
-enough to us at any rate.”
-
-“After dark they might. Still, I don’t believe they will,” Captain Stone
-continued. “The blaze could be seen for miles and would bring a swarm of
-troops down upon them in a very short time.”
-
-Captain Stone hurried on and Joseph resumed his place at the porthole
-once more. Every gun was needed, as the men in the fort numbered only
-about twenty-five, while the Indians from all appearances had at least
-four times that number. Several of the red men had been either killed or
-wounded, for every few moments one of them could be seen being carried
-off the field of battle. So far no one inside the fort had even been
-wounded and the fight had been going on for at least a half-hour.
-
-This happy state of affairs did not last long, however, for hardly had
-Joseph returned to his post when a bullet penetrated the porthole next
-to the one Robert defended. The man stationed there had just raised his
-head to take aim when the bullet struck him. He fell back, and even
-before the two boys could spring to his assistance, he died.
-
-Almost at the same moment a man on the opposite side of the fort was
-shot. He too had been peering out of the porthole, but fortunately the
-ball just grazed his head, inflicting only a slight scalp wound. These
-occurrences only served to increase the ardor of the defenders, however.
-Every man returned to his task with renewed energy and the fire from the
-fort continued even more furiously than before.
-
-“Black Hawk out there,” said Deerfoot quietly to Joseph a few moments
-later.
-
-“What!” exclaimed Joseph. “Black Hawk himself?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Are you sure?” demanded Joseph. “Did you see him yourself?”
-
-“Me see him sure.”
-
-“Show him to me.”
-
-“No see him now,” said Deerfoot.
-
-“Did you hear that, Bob?” cried Joseph. “Deerfoot says he saw Black Hawk
-himself out there.”
-
-“You did?” cried Robert excitedly to Deerfoot. “Show him to me and let
-me take a shot at him.”
-
-“Me take shot at him,” said Deerfoot. “No hit him though. He gone now.”
-
-“All the others seem to be leaving too,” exclaimed Joseph, after a
-careful glance out of the porthole which he was guarding.
-
-Sure enough, the Indians did appear to be withdrawing. Their fire was
-slackening and they evidently were convinced that the sacrifice
-necessary to take the fort would not be worth while. Everywhere they
-appeared to be retreating. Loud yells of triumph sounded from sturdy
-little Apple River Fort as its defenders saw their enemy moving away.
-
-The white men did not escape loss, however. Even from the fort the
-Indians could be seen pillaging the nearby houses and barns. Cattle and
-horses that could not be moved inside the stockade were being driven
-away, and the Indians were loading the horses with bags of provisions
-taken from the storehouses of the settlers.
-
-“That can’t be helped, I’m afraid,” remarked Captain Stone when he heard
-what was going on. “We still have our lives and we ought to count
-ourselves lucky. Certainly they are worth more than a few cattle and
-some provisions.”
-
-Everyone else seemed to share this view, though at first a few of the
-more daring ones had been eager to sally out and continue the contest.
-They were soon persuaded that such an undertaking would be foolhardy,
-however, and were content to remain where they were.
-
-Joseph still had his dispatches for Colonel Strode and he was at a loss
-as to what he should do about them. Finally he decided to ask Captain
-Stone.
-
-“Don’t even think of going now!” exclaimed that officer, when Joseph
-asked his opinion about pushing on that night. “Why, it’s almost dark
-now and you don’t know how many of those Indians are still lurking
-about. I consider that you’ve done enough for today. By all means wait
-until morning before you even consider leaving here.”
-
-This advice Joseph reported to his three companions, who all agreed with
-Captain Stone. Even Robert thought it might be advisable to wait. It was
-so decided and they immediately made preparations to spend the night at
-Apple River Fort.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIII
- ACROSS COUNTRY
-
-
-The Indians had evidently given up all idea of capturing the fort, for
-no sign of them appeared during the night, and in the morning it was
-even considered safe to venture outside the stockade. This was done with
-great caution, however, for it was never safe to count on anything that
-a hostile Indian might do.
-
-“I wish I’d seen Black Hawk,” exclaimed Robert, while he and his three
-companions were eating breakfast. “You’re sure he was there, Deerfoot?”
-
-“Me sure,” said the Pottowattomie confidently.
-
-“He ought to know him when he sees him,” said Joseph. “You’ve seen him
-lots of times, haven’t you, Deerfoot?” he asked.
-
-“Yes, plenty time,” Deerfoot assented.
-
-“Just suppose I could have shot him,” exclaimed Robert excitedly. “Why,
-the whole war would probably have stopped at once, and think what a hero
-I’d be.”
-
-“Wouldn’t you just as soon capture him, Red?” laughed John Mason. “As
-long as you intend to be a hero, wouldn’t you be willing to be one
-without any loss of life?”
-
-“Yes,” agreed Robert. “I guess I’d just as soon capture him.”
-
-“Let’s hope he doesn’t capture us is all I can say,” exclaimed Joseph,
-earnestly. “He might not be as good to us as Bob would be to him.”
-
-“I didn’t say I’d be good to him,” protested Robert.
-
-“I’m afraid you’re a bloodthirsty young man,” remarked Mason laughingly.
-“Don’t you think we’d better get started on our way to Galena pretty
-soon?” he added, addressing his remarks to Joseph.
-
-“I do,” agreed Joseph. “You’re not going with us, though, with your arm
-wounded the way it is.”
-
-“Certainly I’m going. Why, that little scratch isn’t bad enough to need
-bandaging hardly.”
-
-“All right then,” said Joseph. “Let’s be off.”
-
-They hastened to saddle their horses and were in the midst of saying
-their good-byes to the brave defenders of the little fort when a great
-commotion arrested their attention. Shouts from the guards and the
-excitement of the inmates running to and fro warned them that something
-of great interest was taking place.
-
-“What’s it all about, do you suppose?” exclaimed Joseph curiously.
-
-“I don’t know,” replied Robert quickly, “but I intend to find out at
-once.”
-
-He hastened to join the crowd which was rapidly gathering at one end of
-the fort. The gates had been opened and the people were peering eagerly
-out. Robert took one look and then turned and called to his companions.
-“Come here, quick!” he cried. “There is something worth seeing out
-here.”
-
-No time was lost in obeying and a few moments later Joseph, Deerfoot and
-John Mason had joined the people who were gazing eagerly out from their
-position inside the fort.
-
-“Look at them!” exclaimed Joseph. “Who do you suppose they are?”
-
-“From Galena, I guess,” replied Mason. A hundred horsemen rode toward
-the fort. A great cloud of dust rose about them and a loud cheer from
-the throats of the fort’s defenders went out to greet the newcomers. It
-was easy to see that the riders were white men, and consequently were
-friends. With this reinforcement there was but slight danger that Black
-Hawk would dare return to the attack.
-
-Captain Stone hastened out to meet the fresh arrivals and soon everyone
-else was also gathered around the horsemen, who had now drawn rein and
-halted just outside the fort.
-
-“Who is that officer Captain Stone is talking to?” Joseph inquired of
-John Mason.
-
-“That is Colonel Strode.”
-
-“The man I want to see,” exclaimed Joseph. “Do you suppose I can give
-him these dispatches now? That would save us a trip to Galena.”
-
-“I don’t see why you can’t,” replied Mason. “When he finishes talking to
-Captain Stone go up and hand them to him.”
-
-Joseph followed this advice and when a chance presented itself a few
-moments later, he pushed The Swallow through the crowd and approached
-Colonel Strode. He saluted and started to speak.
-
-“Colonel Strode,” he began, “I have some dispatches for you from Colonel
-Zachary Taylor at Dixon’s Ferry. I thought perhaps I might give them to
-you now instead of going to Galena.”
-
-“Is your name Hall?” asked Colonel Strode abruptly.
-
-“Why, yes,” replied Joseph, surprised that the Colonel should know who
-he was.
-
-“I thought so. I recognized you by your horse.”
-
-“This pony seems to be very famous,” laughed Joseph, patting The Swallow
-affectionately on the neck.
-
-“I should say he was. You’ll be famous, too, if you don’t stop killing
-Indians.”
-
-Joseph blushed furiously and was much embarrassed by this compliment,
-paid him in the presence of so many people. He could not say a word, but
-merely held the dispatches out to the Colonel.
-
-“From Colonel Taylor, you say?”
-
-“Yes, sir,” answered Joseph.
-
-“All right, young man, and thank you very much. How is Colonel Taylor?
-He is a warm friend of mine and a splendid man.”
-
-“He is very well,” said Joseph. Little did he imagine that the man they
-were discussing was later to become the president of the United States.
-
-“I’m glad to hear it,” said Colonel Strode warmly. “I’m also glad to
-meet you and to see what the new owner of The Swallow looks like.” He
-smiled pleasantly at the young volunteer and then turned away to give an
-order to one of his aides. Joseph realized that he was dismissed and
-quickly withdrew.
-
-“We may as well start back,” he said when he had rejoined his comrades.
-
-“Your business all finished here?” asked Robert.
-
-“All finished.”
-
-“Let’s go then,” exclaimed Robert. “I don’t believe we can do anything
-more for the people here.”
-
-A few moments later the four scouts were on their way back to Dixon’s
-Ferry, their errand accomplished. Their safe return was by no means
-assured, however, for they well knew that Black Hawk and his war party
-were probably not far distant. His failure to take Apple River Fort
-would make the chief all the more relentless against his next foe.
-
-It was easy to follow the trail of the marauding Indians, for they had
-taken no pains to cover up their tracks. The four volunteers did not
-long keep on this trail, however. Deerfoot led the way and he soon
-turned to the others.
-
-“We better go ’round,” he remarked.
-
-“Go ‘’round’,” exclaimed John Mason. “What do you mean?”
-
-“He means,” explained Joseph, “that we’d better make a detour and not
-keep on this trail any longer.”
-
-“Ugh,” grunted Deerfoot, nodding his head in token that Joseph’s
-explanation was the correct one.
-
-“That’s perfectly right,” agreed Mason. “I think that is the only thing
-to do. Certainly if we keep on this way we’re apt to catch up with the
-Indians at almost any time and that’s the one thing we don’t want to
-happen.”
-
-Deerfoot still leading the way, they turned due west from the course
-they had been following. They continued in this direction for about
-three miles and then they once more turned and rode parallel with their
-original course. Black Hawk was evidently following the same trail over
-which the four scouts had come on their way from Dixon’s Ferry the day
-previous.
-
-“Where do you suppose he is going?” asked Robert, speaking in reference
-to Black Hawk. He was always uppermost in men’s minds in those days.
-
-“He is headed straight for Kellogg’s Grove,” replied John Mason.
-
-“Do you suppose he will attack there?”
-
-“I’m sure I don’t know,” said Mason. “If he does I hope he has no better
-luck than he had yesterday.”
-
-“There are no soldiers to speak of at Kellogg’s Grove,” Joseph reminded
-the others. “He may be able to surprise the fort now and capture it.”
-
-“There were no soldiers there yesterday,” agreed Mason. “At the same
-time it seems to me I heard something at Dixon’s Ferry the other day
-about some men being sent there.”
-
-“To be stationed there, you mean?” asked Robert.
-
-“No, I don’t think that was it. I can’t remember just what it was, but
-somehow I have it in my mind that that spy battalion under Major Dement
-was to be sent over to this part of the country somewhere. They may not
-be at Kellogg’s Grove itself, but they ought to be around here, some
-place.”
-
-“Maybe they’ll meet Black Hawk’s war party coming the other way,”
-exclaimed Robert excitedly. “I wish we could be with them.”
-
-“It seems to me you are always looking for trouble,” said John Mason,
-smiling broadly at the eagerness of the red-headed young frontiersman.
-
-“Well, it has to come some time,” explained Robert. “These Indians
-simply have to be beaten before the war can end. The sooner it is over
-with the better it will be. That’s the way I look at it.”
-
-“That’s very true,” agreed Mason. “You don’t have to be in it though, do
-you?”
-
-“Of course I do,” Robert insisted. “I want to feel that I had a part in
-winning the war. You must also remember that Joe and I have an account
-to settle with Mr. Black Hawk.”
-
-Mason had no answer to this remark and as no one else offered to say
-anything the ride was continued in silence for some time. Over the
-rolling prairies they went, the scenery sometimes varied by a grove of
-trees or a patch of woods. Mile after mile they covered and no trace of
-the enemy appeared. Deerfoot evidently knew the country thoroughly, for
-when they had gone a certain distance he turned abruptly east.
-
-“Kellogg Grove there,” he exclaimed pointing ahead of him as he spoke.
-
-It had been decided that a halt should be made there on the way back
-just as had been done on the outcoming journey.
-
-“Good!” cried Joseph heartily, in response to Deerfoot’s remark. “I feel
-hungry and know I shall appreciate a little food.”
-
-“We all will, I guess,” agreed Mason. “How far are we from Kellogg’s
-Grove now, Deerfoot?”
-
-“Two mile.”
-
-“That won’t take long,” exclaimed Robert. “By the way,” he added
-suddenly, and speaking to Mason, “what has become of Walt?”
-
-“Why, I don’t know,” replied Mason. “I left him over at Fort Armstrong
-some time ago. I forget where he was going. It seems to me he was to
-join Major Dement’s battalion, though.”
-
-“That’s the one sent over here,” Joseph remarked.
-
-“Why, to be sure it is,” exclaimed Mason. “Perhaps if we run into them
-we may find Walt. I’d like to see him again.”
-
-“So should I,” agreed Robert. “We used to get pretty mad at him once in
-a while but just the same I like him. Don’t you, Joe?”
-
-“Surely I do,” said Joseph heartily. “I hope we’ll meet him soon again.”
-
-“There’s Kellogg’s Grove now,” cried Mason suddenly.
-
-“Does it look as if anyone was there?” asked Joseph.
-
-“I can’t see,” replied Mason. “Is anyone there, Deerfoot?”
-
-“Yes, plenty people,” said Deerfoot. “Many white soldier.”
-
-“It must be Major Dement’s command,” cried Mason. “At any rate we’ll
-know soon.”
-
-The four volunteers unconsciously quickened their pace, and in a short
-time arrived at their destination to find that John Mason’s guess was
-correct. Major Dement was there with a spy battalion of about one
-hundred and fifty men.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIV
- KELLOGG’S GROVE
-
-
-As they rode up to the fort the first person to greet them was Walt. He
-had seen them coming a long way off and hastened out to meet his four
-friends. He was delighted to see them again and showed his pleasure
-plainly.
-
-“You’re just in time to see some fun, I think,” he remarked after a few
-moments had elapsed and the travelers had dismounted from their ponies.
-
-“What do you mean?” exclaimed Robert eagerly. He at once scented action
-and was enthusiastic at the prospect.
-
-“Two men came in just a few minutes ago and reported that they had seen
-some Indians about four or five miles from here.”
-
-“Are we going after them?” demanded Robert.
-
-“I can’t say as to that,” replied Walt. “You’ll have to ask Major
-Dement.”
-
-“You said you were hungry a little while ago, Bob,” Joseph reminded his
-brother.
-
-“I know, but I’ve forgotten about that. When there is a chance of a
-fight I never feel like eating.”
-
-“We’d better get something just the same,” said John Mason. “No man can
-fight on an empty stomach. Ask any general and he’ll tell you that.”
-
-“You can get food right inside here,” said Walt. “Follow me and I’ll fix
-you up.”
-
-No second invitation was needed and the four scouts had soon disposed of
-a hearty meal. Walt had left them to eat by themselves but just as they
-were finishing he came hurrying up with an air of satisfaction to the
-place where they were seated.
-
-“If you are looking for a fight you can find one now,” he exclaimed to
-Robert.
-
-“I’m ready,” cried Robert, immediately rising to his feet. “Where is
-it?”
-
-“Major Dement is calling for twenty-five volunteers to go out and
-reconnoiter. Do you want to go?”
-
-“Of course I do,” said Robert instantly. “Where is Major Dement?”
-
-“Over there,” replied Walt, pointing to a man who was standing in the
-midst of a group of soldiers.
-
-“I’m with you, Bob,” exclaimed Joseph, and he, too, started forward.
-
-“Me go,” said Deerfoot quickly and he followed Joseph.
-
-“It looks as though I’d have to go or be left alone,” laughed Mason.
-“How about you, Walt?”
-
-“I’ve already volunteered and been accepted.”
-
-Before many minutes had elapsed John Mason, Deerfoot, and the two young
-brothers had also been accepted as members of the party. The little band
-soon sallied forth from the blockhouse and started across the prairie.
-Joseph noticed that among the twenty-five men who had volunteered there
-was a large proportion of officers. He called Walt’s attention to this
-fact.
-
-“I noticed it, too,” said Walt. “I don’t think it is right, either.”
-
-“Nor I,” exclaimed Joseph. “Major Dement isn’t with us but there are
-mighty few officers left in the fort. I’m afraid that if anything
-serious happens, there may be trouble. The men aren’t well drilled, and,
-without enough officers, I’m afraid they may become disorganized if they
-are left back there practically to themselves.”
-
-“Let’s hope not,” said Walt earnestly. “The militia has acquired a
-pretty bad reputation so far, but these men look like better fighters
-than the ones Major Stillman had at Sycamore Creek.”
-
-“They couldn’t be worse any way,” exclaimed Joseph disgustedly.
-
-Walt and Joseph were riding in the rear rank of the party. They were
-scarcely out of sight of their camp now, but a sudden yell warned them
-that already the enemy had been discovered. Far out on the prairies
-appeared a small grove and between this and the fort were three Indians
-riding backward and forward.
-
-The reconnoitering party started after them at full speed and were soon
-strung out in a long line across the prairie. The three Indians
-immediately upon sighting the white men, turned and rode for the grove
-as fast as their horses could carry them. Joseph had started from the
-rear but thanks to the speed of The Swallow was soon up with the
-leaders. Robert had been in the van from the start and Deerfoot and
-Mason were with him.
-
-In the meantime Major Dement had been observing his party of scouts from
-a vantage point he occupied near the fort. He saw all that was happening
-and he immediately suspected a trick. The three Indians were racing
-straight for the grove and he feared that concealed there were
-reinforcements, who were merely waiting for the little band to ride into
-the trap set for them. The Major at once jumped upon his horse and with
-a small portion of his men set out to overtake the scouts and warn them
-of their danger.
-
-He was well mounted and before a great distance had been covered was
-able to come up with the hindermost members of the band. Several men,
-however, were so far in advance in their mad pursuit of the Indians that
-he was unable to reach them in time. Among this number were Robert,
-Joseph, Deerfoot and Walt. The calls and shouts of their comrades did
-not reach their ears and on they raced. The fleeing Indians were making
-for the grove some three miles distant, hotly pursued by the Major’s
-men.
-
-When they were a little less than a half-mile from the grove Major
-Dement dismounted his men and formed them in a line. Seven or eight were
-still in advance, however, intent only upon overtaking the Indians.
-Joseph now led the pursuit, with Walt close behind him. Then came four
-men who were of Major Dement’s original command and bringing up the rear
-rode Robert and Deerfoot. The last two mentioned were in that position
-solely on account of the speed of their horses. Certainly Robert would
-have led the party if he had had his wish.
-
-Nearer and nearer to the grove they came. On they kept without the least
-suspicion of the danger to which they were exposing themselves. Major
-Dement had drawn up the men who had dismounted on a little ridge, and
-with intense anxiety they watched their comrades approach the grove.
-
-Suddenly it happened as the Major had feared. From out the shelter of
-the grove poured the Indians. They were all mounted, stripped to their
-waists and painted for battle. A galling fire poured from their guns and
-two of the white men fell to the ground lifeless. One of these two was
-Walt. The bullet had entered his temple and one glance was sufficient to
-assure Joseph that his companion was dead.
-
-He turned and fled, and with him fled the five remaining members of the
-daring little company. A volley from the men on the ridge killed two or
-three of the Indians, but the rest came on at undiminished speed. As
-they reached the bodies of the two dead soldiers a large number
-surrounded them, clubbing and stabbing the lifeless remains. By the time
-that Joseph and his five companions reached the ridge where their
-comrades were drawn up in line the red men were close upon them and upon
-both flanks.
-
-The Indians had sallied forth with terrific yells which had been heard
-by the soldiers remaining at the fort. This portion of the battalion had
-been ordered to hold themselves in readiness for any emergency, but at
-the sound of the guns and the war whoops they mounted their horses and
-started to the rescue of their companions. Coming nearer, however, they
-met Major Dement and his men fleeing in hot haste, and upon seeing the
-number of the Indians they, too, turned and retreated toward the fort.
-
-A mad race ensued in which the Whites were victors by a narrow margin.
-They were first to reach the blockhouse, however, and springing from
-their horses they quickly occupied the defenses. It was necessary to
-leave their mounts outside and the horses were huddled together around a
-work bench on the least exposed side of the fort. The best marksmen
-immediately took their places at the portholes.
-
-An ominous stillness filled the air. In large force the Indians swarmed
-around the blockhouse. They kept under cover as far as possible,
-however, and seemed to be planning the best method of attack. All at
-once the sharp crack of a rifle broke the silence and proved that
-someone of the white men had located the enemy. Straightway the firing
-became general.
-
-“Let ’em have it, Joe!” exclaimed Robert hotly. “We’ve got Walt to pay
-them back for now, too.”
-
-“I’ll let ’em have it all right,” replied Joseph grimly. He carefully
-sighted his rifle and fired. An Indian some two hundred yards away who
-had been so careless as to expose his head for an instant, suddenly let
-his gun drop limply from his hands and sank to the ground.
-
-“I got one,” said Joseph casually.
-
-“Good for you!” cried Robert exultantly. “That’s what we’re here for.”
-
-“Me get one, too,” remarked Deerfoot. He was busily engaged in loading
-his gun for another shot at his ancient enemies.
-
-“I hope we all get one,” exclaimed Robert. “At least I hope we all get
-at least one.” He bent to his task again and no further conversation was
-held for some time.
-
-The little garrison kept up a hot fire. No Indians dared venture too
-close to the fort and after about an hour had elapsed they turned their
-attention to the horses. Robert, whose porthole commanded a view of the
-spot where the animals were huddled, was the first to observe this move.
-
-“They’re shooting at the horses,” he exclaimed suddenly.
-
-“What!” cried Joseph in alarm.
-
-“They’re shooting at the horses,” repeated Robert. “I suppose they are
-beginning to find out that they can’t hurt us here in the fort.”
-
-“But The Swallow!” protested Joseph. “Suppose they kill him. Can you see
-him from there?”
-
-“Yes,” said Robert, peering out cautiously. “He’s almost in the center
-of the bunch and my horse is right next to him. I can see John Mason’s
-horse, too, but I don’t see Deerfoot’s anywhere.”
-
-“Let me look,” begged Joseph. The thought of harm coming to The Swallow
-cast a sudden gloom over the young volunteer. He almost forgot his own
-danger in the thought that he might lose his wonderful pony. He was
-prouder of The Swallow than of anything else in his possession and the
-thought of being deprived of his prize was almost more than he could
-bear.
-
-“He is right in the middle there,” he observed after a hasty glance. As
-he looked, however, a bullet struck a tall sorrel horse stationed on the
-edge of the group and with a scream of pain the animal reared and
-plunged. The rest of the animals tugged at their bonds and wild with
-fear made every effort to break loose. Joseph was beside himself with
-anxiety.
-
-“They won’t hit him,” observed Robert reassuringly. “There are a hundred
-horses in that bunch and The Swallow is about the best protected one of
-all. He was the first to arrive so that all the others are grouped
-around him and help to keep him covered.”
-
-“If they shoot him I’ll kill every Indian Black Hawk has!” exclaimed
-Joseph fiercely. “That would be the last straw.”
-
-“Kill ’em all anyway,” urged Robert. “That’s our business just now and
-at present we’re not attending to it.”
-
-As Joseph turned away to resume his post another bullet struck in the
-midst of the group of horses. The animal collapsed almost instantly and
-once more all the others were thrown into confusion. It was a horrible
-sight to see the poor dumb brutes, almost crazy with fright, and yet
-unable to do one thing to help themselves. They kicked and reared and
-plunged and many of them were hurt. The Indians were quick to observe
-the damage they were inflicting and soon much of their fire was
-concentrated on the horses. Already ten animals had been shot.
-
-“Quite a large number of Indians have been killed I think,” remarked
-John Mason to Joseph when he resumed his place at his porthole.
-
-“Think they’ll last much longer?”
-
-“No, I don’t. The very fact that they have turned their attention to the
-horses shows that they haven’t much hope of taking the blockhouse.”
-
-“I wish they’d leave soon,” exclaimed Joseph. “I’m afraid they’re going
-to shoot The Swallow unless they stop firing at the horses pretty
-quick.”
-
-“The only way you can stop them is to make it so hot for them they’ll
-have to leave,” observed Mason.
-
-“I might go out and bring him inside,” said Joseph eagerly. “Do you
-think I could get him out of that bunch of horses?”
-
-“No, I don’t,” replied Mason shortly. “As long as I have an ounce of
-strength left in my body, I’ll use it to prevent you from doing anything
-so foolish, too.”
-
-“Look there,” cried Robert suddenly. He hurried up to the spot where
-Joseph and John Mason were, and pointed eagerly out of one of the
-portholes.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXV
- ON THE TRAIL
-
-
-“There they go!” exclaimed Robert triumphantly. “They’ve had enough.”
-
-“So have I,” cried Joseph, with a great sigh of relief. “I thought that
-at any moment The Swallow was going to be shot.”
-
-“He has run that chance ever since you’ve had him,” remarked Mason.
-“Every time you’ve been in a fight your horse has been in danger of
-being killed.”
-
-“I know it,” said Joseph. “At the same time they haven’t been turning
-all their attention to him.”
-
-“They’re going now, anyway,” remarked Robert. “We’ve made it too hot for
-them, I guess. We seem to be pretty good men to defend blockhouses,
-don’t we? What do you say to our hiring ourselves out for that purpose
-all along the frontier?”
-
-“You’d better clear them out of this neighborhood before you start in
-anywhere else, Red,” cautioned Mason.
-
-“They are clearing out of here now,” replied Robert. “Just look out of
-that porthole and you can see them going.”
-
-What Robert said was true. Black Hawk had drawn off his forces and could
-now be seen leading his warriors in retreat across the prairie. His
-attempt to take the blockhouse had resulted in absolute failure, but
-five white men were dead as a result of his visit. One of the five was
-Walt and his loss was keenly felt by his companions.
-
-“Poor old Walt,” exclaimed Joseph sorrowfully. “I’m sorry he had to go.”
-
-“He died a soldier’s death, though,” said Robert. “I’d like to get a
-shot at the Indian that killed him; also at those demons who stabbed and
-mutilated the bodies out there on the prairie.”
-
-“Look here, boys,” observed John Mason quietly. “There is no use in
-talking about unpleasant subjects. No one feels the loss of Walt more
-than I. He was a good friend of mine and I had known him for years. He
-died bravely but his death was only a part of the game after all. I wish
-he was back, but wishing won’t bring him. Talking and thinking won’t do
-any good either and I say we try to forget about it. It seems to me that
-is the most sensible thing for us to do.”
-
-“I guess you’re right,” agreed Joseph. “It makes one feel badly,
-though.”
-
-“Of course it does,” said Mason. “There is work for us to do just now,
-though, and because we try to forget Walt’s loss doesn’t mean that we
-don’t feel badly.”
-
-So Walt died and passed out of the lives of his comrades. He had his
-faults like all of us, but he had had many good points as well. We are
-all doomed to be forgotten, but if we can make the world and the people
-in it a little bit better or happier for our having lived here, we can
-count our lives successful. All who knew Walt agreed that his had been a
-successful life.
-
-That evening General Posey arrived at Kellogg’s Grove with his brigade.
-Scouts reported that Black Hawk’s party were encamped only a short
-distance away, but for some reason it was not deemed advisable to attack
-him.
-
-“It seems silly to me,” exclaimed Robert hotly. “Here we have a lot of
-reinforcements and a fine chance to strike a heavy blow. The Indians are
-probably all tired out after their fight and we might even be able to
-capture Black Hawk himself. It seems to me an opportunity to break the
-back of the war right now.”
-
-“You may be right,” admitted Joseph. “At the same time you must remember
-that these men probably know more about fighting than we do, and we are
-in no position to criticize.”
-
-“Maybe so,” growled Robert. “I must say it doesn’t seem like good sense
-to me, though.”
-
-No attack was made, however, and a few days later the two brothers,
-together with John Mason and the faithful Deerfoot were once more at
-Dixon’s Ferry. They were now attached to the spy battalion of General
-James D. Henry’s brigade. General Henry had been lieutenant-colonel of
-Fry’s rangers when the four friends had first attached themselves to
-that body after Major Stillman’s defeat. Colonel Fry still held command
-of the spy battalion, however.
-
-Since the defeat at Sycamore Creek a large army had been gathered by the
-Whites who were determined to end the war as soon as possible. Including
-the regulars there were now about four thousand effective troops in the
-field. Most of these had assembled at Fort Wilburn, on the Illinois
-River, south of Dixon’s Ferry. One brigade under General Alexander was
-dispatched post haste to Plum River, a spot not far from Kellogg’s
-Grove, as soon as news of the fight at the latter place was received. It
-was thought that Black Hawk might attempt to cross the Mississippi at
-this point and it was Alexander’s mission to prevent this.
-
-Black Hawk did not try to cross the great river just then, however.
-Instead he turned north once more and went into camp near Lake
-Koshkonong near the head waters of the Rock River. Learning of this,
-General Atkinson at once left Dixon’s Ferry and advanced up the east
-bank of the Rock River in pursuit of the Indians. The start was made on
-June twenty-seventh, the main army now consisting of four hundred
-regulars and twenty-one hundred volunteer troops.
-
-“We’re off,” cried Robert enthusiastically, as the army filed out of the
-little settlement at Dixon’s Ferry and started up the bank of the river.
-“We’ll finish up the war this time. Just look at all the men we have.”
-
-“It does look like a real army, doesn’t it?” exclaimed Joseph.
-
-Like some great serpent the army filed out of Dixon’s Ferry. The two
-brothers being attached to the scout battalion were near the front, and
-in back of them the troops stretched out in a long line as far as the
-eye could see. There was little of the bravado and recklessness that had
-inspired Major Stillman’s men when they had started from this same spot
-some six weeks before. Bitter and costly experience had taught the men
-that over-confidence is a poor quality for any soldier to possess. A
-quiet determination showed on every countenance now. This army had made
-up its mind to win and Black Hawk would soon realize that every member
-meant business.
-
-Behind the troops came the baggage and supply wagons. A mass of dust
-from the hoofs of hundreds of horses rose in a cloud about the army and
-only an occasional glimpse of the baggage train could be had. Every once
-in a while the cloud lifted momentarily, however, and the drivers could
-be seen urging their horses on to keep pace with the others.
-
-“Where’s Deerfoot?” exclaimed Robert suddenly. “I haven’t seen him once
-since yesterday.”
-
-“You don’t mean to say you don’t know where he is?” said Joseph in
-surprise.
-
-“No. I’ve been so busy the last twenty-four hours that I never missed
-him. I just this minute noticed that he was gone.”
-
-“Deerfoot is the proudest Indian in North America today, I guess,”
-laughed John Mason, who rode alongside his young friends.
-
-“Why?” demanded Robert. “Tell me what all the mystery is about.”
-
-“There’s no mystery at all,” replied Joseph. “This is what happened.
-Yesterday a Pottowattomie came into camp and reported that seventy-five
-warriors of his tribe were encamped at Sycamore Creek who wanted to join
-forces with us. They seemed to think that this was a fine chance to get
-revenge on their old enemies, the Sacs, and they were very anxious to
-get in the fight. Some men of our battalion were sent on ahead to tell
-them it was all right and Deerfoot of course went with them. You ought
-to have seen him. Why, he was almost enthusiastic.”
-
-“You can’t tell me he showed it, though,” laughed Robert. “When are we
-going to meet these Pottowattomies?”
-
-“Tonight, I think.”
-
-“That’s fine,” exclaimed Robert heartily. “I can just see Deerfoot
-riding at the head of seventy-five of his own people. He’ll be so puffed
-up that he probably won’t deign to speak to us.”
-
-“Not as bad as that I think,” said Joseph laughingly. “They’ll be a
-great addition to our forces, though. They know the country better than
-any of our men and they are good fighters, too.”
-
-“They are if they are anything like Deerfoot,” agreed Mason. “He is
-about the best I ever saw.”
-
-All day long the army continued its march. A halt for dinner was made at
-noon and shortly afterward the advance was continued. No sign of the
-enemy was discovered and at night they went into camp on the old battle
-ground at Sycamore Creek. Shortly before, they had passed the ravine
-where Joseph had hidden from the Indians during the disastrous route
-after that fight. He also recognized the spot where he had had the
-encounter with the Indian and had captured The Swallow. A thrill ran up
-and down his spine at the remembrance of these events and he shuddered
-to think how easily the tide might have turned the other way and his
-life been forfeited as had Walt’s only a few days before.
-
-Camp was pitched in a heavy growth of timber and breastworks thrown up.
-Sentinels were posted and every precaution taken against a surprise
-attack.
-
-Soon after the army’s arrival Deerfoot came in with his seventy-five
-tribesmen. They were given a hearty welcome by the troops and were
-assigned to Colonel Fry’s brigade. Thus the scout battalion, of which
-John Mason and Joseph and Robert were members, now contained not only
-one fearless Indian ally, but seventy-five more of the same kind.
-Deerfoot, in spite of the fact that many of his own people were now with
-the army, still chose to camp with his two young white friends.
-
-“Wouldn’t you rather be with the rest of your people?” Joseph inquired
-of him. He thought that perhaps Deerfoot had joined him and his brother
-for fear they might feel hurt.
-
-“Me stay with you,” replied Deerfoot quietly. No urging could induce him
-to leave, and Joseph and Robert soon gave up trying.
-
-“I believe he’d rather be with you boys than his own people anyway,”
-John Mason remarked to Joseph a short time later.
-
-“I guess he would,” agreed Joseph. “He is certainly a good friend of
-ours. He is a fine character, too, and I can tell you that Bob and I
-appreciate his affection.”
-
-The next day the march was continued. On the thirtieth they crossed the
-Illinois-Wisconsin border where the Turtle village of the Winnebagos
-stood. The place was deserted, however, for the inhabitants had fled at
-the approach of the army.
-
-Sac signs were fresh now, for Black Hawk had fled from Kellogg’s Grove
-directly for his stronghold, reaching the Rock River just above the
-mouth of the Kishwaukee only three or four days in advance of the White
-army. The trail was warm and the troops were following it with the
-determination and eagerness of bloodhounds.
-
-Every night a camp was selected, in the timber if possible, and the men
-slept on their arms. There was constant fear of a night attack, for so
-close had General Atkinson pressed the fleeing Sacs that often they came
-in contact with the rear guard of the savages. Several times sentinels
-had been fired on.
-
-On the second of July the army arrived at the outlet of Lake Koshkonong.
-Indian camps were found, all presenting the appearance of having been
-hastily deserted. Tepees stood empty and household goods had been
-abandoned by the Indians in their eagerness to leave.
-
-“Look there,” exclaimed Robert as he and some of the scouts rode into
-the largest of these camps.
-
-Hanging from a pole of one of the tepees were five newly taken scalps.
-White scalps they were which had been stretched on frames to dry.
-
-“All I can say is,” remarked one grizzled old ranger, “that them Indians
-must have been in a powerful big hurry or they never would have left
-them things behind.”
-
-“We’ll catch up with them soon,” cried Robert eagerly. “It can’t be too
-soon to suit me either.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVI
- THROUGH THE SWAMPS
-
-
-Robert had maintained that they would soon overtake Black Hawk, but such
-did not prove to be the case. Winnebagos had come into camp with
-information that they knew where Black Hawk was located and their offers
-to guide the troops to the spot had been accepted. As a consequence many
-days were wasted in running wild goose chases through the treacherous
-swamps and sink holes of that region. The Winnebagos had been constantly
-endeavoring to lead the army into a trap and only their good fortune had
-saved them from destruction more than once.
-
-“I’m getting discouraged,” exclaimed Robert in despair. A week had been
-spent in following false clues, none of which had proved of any value.
-
-“Don’t get discouraged, Red,” urged John Mason. “Better times are
-coming.”
-
-“Maybe they are,” replied Robert disconsolately. “Not many seem to think
-so, though. Governor Reynolds left us this morning.”
-
-“He did?”
-
-“Yes, he did, and a lot of other officials went with him. They think
-that the Indians have taken to the swamps and that we’ll never get them
-out.”
-
-“I don’t think it’s as bad as that.”
-
-“But so many of our men are sick,” protested Robert. “This business of
-floundering around in the marshes isn’t very healthy, you know. We are
-almost out of provisions, too.”
-
-“That’s the worst thing,” admitted Mason reluctantly. “Our food supply
-is low, I guess.”
-
-“It certainly is, from all I hear. Something will have to be done soon.”
-
-As he finished speaking Joseph approached. He hurried along as if he had
-some important news to communicate.
-
-“What is it, Joe?” inquired Robert as his brother drew near.
-
-“We’re going to Fort Winnebago,” Joseph announced.
-
-“To Fort Winnebago?” exclaimed John Mason. “Why are we going there?”
-
-“To get supplies.”
-
-“Who is going?” demanded Robert, his spirits immediately reviving at the
-prospect of an expedition.
-
-“Our brigade and General Alexander’s, and Dodge’s squadron.”
-
-“When do we start?”
-
-“In an hour.”
-
-“Good,” exclaimed Robert. “How about Deerfoot? Is he going with us?”
-
-“Yes, indeed. I just arranged it for him. He thought he might be left
-behind and he couldn’t stand the thought of being separated from us.”
-
-“How far is it to Fort Winnebago from here?” Joseph inquired of John
-Mason.
-
-“Nearly eighty miles, I should say.”
-
-“What do we care?” cried Robert. “We’re going to leave this hole and
-that is enough to make me cheerful again.”
-
-“You’ll strike worse holes than this on the way to Fort Winnebago,”
-cautioned Mason. “We may all wish we were back here again before many
-days have passed.”
-
-“It’s a change anyway,” Robert persisted. “That is the principal thing
-just at present.”
-
-An hour later the start for Fort Winnebago was made. The journey was a
-hard one and it was with a great feeling of relief that the troops
-finally reached their destination. At the fort were many Winnebago
-Indians who were eager to give advice to the white chiefs.
-
-“No trust them,” said Deerfoot earnestly in speaking of these offers.
-“They fool white men too much already.”
-
-“I wouldn’t trust them either,” exclaimed Robert hotly. “It seems to me
-we ought to know better by this time.”
-
-The four scouts were seated together at one end of the enclosure
-discussing the future plans of the army. They were tired from their long
-trip and as a consequence were low in spirits. The rest of the men
-seemed to share their feelings and many were anxious to give up the
-struggle and go home.
-
-“I don’t want to go home,” said Robert warmly. “What I want to do is to
-find Black Hawk, and find him soon too. I can’t help but think that
-there is some way to do it.”
-
-“If we only had a trustworthy guide,” said John Mason. “Some man who
-knows what he is talking about and whose word can be relied upon.”
-
-“But where can we find such a man?” demanded Joseph.
-
-“I wish I knew,” exclaimed Mason.
-
-“We can get supplies here,” remarked Joseph. “That is some consolation
-anyway.”
-
-“Yes, but a pretty poor one,” growled Robert. “What we want is Black
-Hawk, not supplies.”
-
-“We must have supplies first though, Red,” reminded Mason. “Don’t you
-know what I told you the other day that no man can fight on an empty
-stomach?”
-
-“Nor without sleep either,” added Joseph. “I’m going to bed.”
-
-The fifteenth of July came and the troops left Fort Winnebago. General
-Alexander’s men insisted upon returning by the shortest possible route
-to General Atkinson and the main army. Consequently they set out with
-twelve days’ provisions. Henry and Dodge, however, had received a clue
-as to Black Hawk’s whereabouts and decided to follow it.
-
-At Fort Winnebago there was a famous halfbreed trader and scout named
-Pierre Paquette. He had long been a trusted employee of the American Fur
-Company and to all appearances answered John Mason’s requirements of a
-man whose word could be relied upon and who knew what he was talking
-about. Paquette had informed General Henry of the true location of Black
-Hawk’s camp and with a dozen Winnebago assistants was engaged to lead
-the army there.
-
-On July eighteenth they reached the village where Black Hawk and his
-band had been quartered, but the enemy had fled. The Winnebago guides
-insisted, however, that the Sacs had just gone to Cranberry Lake, a
-half-day’s march up the Rock River. It was then noon and the commanders
-decided to wait until the following morning before proceeding. Camp was
-made and the men settled down to wait until the next day came.
-
-Meanwhile two men, Adjutants Merriam and Woodbridge, were dispatched to
-the south to carry the news to General Atkinson. Little Thunder, a
-Winnebago chief, went with them to act as guide. Mounting their horses
-they rode off, leaving behind them seven hundred and fifty very much
-disheartened and discouraged troops.
-
-“There’s nothing to do hut wait till morning, I suppose,” exclaimed
-Robert peevishly. “It seems as if we spent half our time in waiting.”
-
-“You must be patient, Red,” advised John Mason. “Surely you wouldn’t
-have us start for Cranberry Lake now. Why, we’d just about arrive there
-as it was growing dark; the Indians would discover us and get away
-again. They could easily escape us in the darkness.”
-
-“That’s right, Bob,” agreed Joseph. “I think we are doing just the right
-thing.”
-
-“Probably we are,” admitted Robert. “I guess I’m in too much of a hurry.
-Besides I don’t like this business of having nothing to do.”
-
-“Why don’t you look after your horse?” suggested Joseph. “I’m going to
-give The Swallow a good rub down this afternoon.”
-
-“That’s a good scheme,” exclaimed Mason. “Come on, Red. Come on,
-Deerfoot. We’ll all go and do as Joe advises.”
-
-The four friends were soon busied with their horses, and being busy the
-afternoon soon passed. Darkness approached by the time they had finished
-and soon after supper they rolled themselves in their blankets and
-prepared for sleep.
-
-To the four tired volunteers it seemed as if scarcely a half-hour had
-elapsed when they were suddenly aroused from their slumbers. The camp
-seemed to be in an uproar. Men ran hither and thither. Loud commands
-were being shouted and all was bustle and noise.
-
-“What is it?” exclaimed Robert. “Are we being attacked?”
-
-“I don’t know,” replied his brother hastily. “I guess not though, for I
-don’t hear any guns. Let’s see what it is all about.”
-
-Together with John Mason and Deerfoot they hastened to headquarters.
-
-“What’s all the excitement?” Robert inquired eagerly of the first man
-they met.
-
-“We’ve found him at last,” the man answered gleefully.
-
-“Found who? What do you mean?” demanded Mason.
-
-“Is Black Hawk captured?” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“Here’s what has happened,” said the man quietly. “You know that Merriam
-and Woodbridge started for General Atkinson’s camp with Little Thunder
-as a guide. Well, when they had covered about twenty miles of the
-distance they suddenly came upon a broad fresh trail leading west.
-Little Thunder at once began to wave his arms and shout, but the two
-adjutants couldn’t understand a word of what he said. Suddenly, however,
-he turned his horse around and started at full speed back over the way
-he had come. Woodbridge and Merriam were afraid to go any farther
-without a guide, so they had to follow Little Thunder. They all got back
-here just a little while ago, and it seems that they just happened to
-stumble across Black Hawk’s trail.”
-
-“Are we going to follow it as fast as we can?” said Robert.
-
-“Exactly,” agreed the man. “We start very soon.”
-
-“Hooray!” cried Robert, turning a full handspring to show his approval
-of this move.
-
-“We must get our horses and be ready to start at once,” reminded Mason.
-“Let’s waste no time.”
-
-The news that the trail of Black Hawk had been discovered was received
-with great joy in the camp. The men were all eager to start and with
-rapidly rising spirits they awaited the order to move. More enthusiasm
-was shown by the troops than they had displayed at any time up to the
-present. If it was fighting and danger they wanted there would be no
-cause for their enthusiasm to lag again either. At last the preparations
-had been all made and General Henry drew his men up in order to address
-a few words of advice to them.
-
-“We have at last struck the right track,” he said. “The trail is fresh
-and we must follow it like hounds on the scent. We have reason to
-believe that our enemies are sorely pressed for food. That fact will
-help us, but we must take quick advantage of it. We must strike before
-Black Hawk can secure supplies and consequently our watchword must be
-‘speed.’ We must sacrifice everything to speed and to that end I charge
-you men to discard every article that is not absolutely essential to
-you. We must not be weighted down with unnecessary baggage. I have
-confidence in you all and I know that every man can be counted on to the
-utmost.”
-
-This speech of General Henry’s was greeted with wild cheering and every
-man immediately did as he had been advised. Blankets, cooking utensils,
-and all sorts and kinds of camp equipage were thrown aside. Ammunition
-and a scanty supply of food was all that the men retained.
-
-The word to advance was given and the army moved forward. What had been
-a band of discouraged and gloomy men was now a body of spirited and
-eager soldiers. Every man realized that at last they were not following
-a will-o’-the-wisp, but a certainty. They knew that Black Hawk was not
-far away now and that if they tried hard enough they could probably
-overtake him. They were all determined to do their utmost.
-
-“What an awful country!” exclaimed Robert, when they were a few miles
-out from camp. “Is the whole region filled with swamps and sink holes
-like this?”
-
-“Pretty much so, I’m afraid,” replied Mason. “It makes the traveling
-pretty hard, doesn’t it?”
-
-“I should say so,” agreed Joseph. “The men don’t seem to mind it though.
-Just look at them! They look like a lot of schoolboys out for a picnic.”
-
-“They’re on the trail of big game now,” said Mason. “Nothing else
-matters. We cannot be so far away from it, either,” he added. “Just look
-there.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVII
- WISCONSIN HEIGHTS
-
-
-The object to which John Mason pointed was not very startling in itself.
-It seemed entirely harmless and innocent as it lay on a tuft of grass
-beside a large tree. It was an earthen pot like many that were used by
-the Indians in their camps.
-
-“You see they are beginning to throw away their own belongings,”
-exclaimed Mason. “They must know we are close behind them and are trying
-to make time.”
-
-“There are some blankets too,” cried Robert. “They evidently don’t
-intend to carry any more weight than necessary.”
-
-The trail was soon littered with baggage and paraphernalia of all kinds.
-Everything pointed to the fact that the Indians were now in dire
-straits. The troops pushed on eagerly, every man spurred forward by the
-knowledge that their opponents were weakened and must soon be overtaken.
-Nature seemed to impose almost every difficulty imaginable in the way of
-the pursuers, but nothing discouraged the men any more. Frequently it
-became necessary to dismount and wade in mud and water shoulder deep. A
-violent thunder storm and cloudburst struck the little army, but
-undismayed they fought their way along.
-
-“There’s an Indian!” exclaimed Joseph suddenly.
-
-“Where?” cried Robert excitedly. The two boys were in advance of the
-others, for their knowledge of woodcraft learned from Deerfoot had
-enabled them slightly to outdistance the rest of the army.
-
-“Just ahead there,” said Joseph quickly as he raised his gun to fire.
-
-“Wait, Joe,” cried Robert. “He’s holding up his hands.”
-
-The Indian was seated on a pony, and, as Robert had said, was holding up
-his hands in token of surrender. Joseph quickly lowered his rifle.
-
-“A Winnebago,” announced Joseph, when he had obtained a closer glimpse
-of the red man.
-
-“We’d better wait for the others,” advised Robert. “He probably can’t
-speak English and we can’t find out what he wants.”
-
-Several soldiers soon joined the brothers, among them a man who
-understood the Winnebago tongue. He shouted to the Indian and learned
-that he was a deserter from Black Hawk and wished to join the Whites.
-The interpreter questioned him closely and upon relating what had been
-said to General Henry, the Winnebago was given permission to attach
-himself to the army.
-
-“Who was he? What did he say?” Robert demanded of Deerfoot, who was now
-riding with the two boys and John Mason.
-
-“He Winnebago,” replied Deerfoot. “He say Black Hawk only two miles
-away, and much weary.”
-
-“Hooray!” cried Robert excitedly. “We’ll catch him soon.”
-
-The news had spread throughout the army, spurring the men on to even
-greater efforts than before.
-
-“We won’t catch them tonight, I’m afraid,” remarked Mason. “It will be
-dark before long.”
-
-“It always gets dark just at the wrong time,” Robert complained.
-
-“How are you going to prevent it, Red?” laughed Mason.
-
-“I’m not going to prevent it,” replied Robert. “It is certainly tough
-luck the way it always happens like this, though.”
-
-“We’ll camp soon, I think,” said Mason. “We must be almost at the lakes
-by this time, and it is nearly sunset.”
-
-“What lakes?” inquired Joseph.
-
-“The Four Lakes,” explained Mason. “You’ll see them yourself in a
-minute.”
-
-“I hope they’re better looking than the rest of this country,” exclaimed
-Robert.
-
-“Don’t worry about that,” Mason assured him. “You’ll never see anything
-prettier than these lakes as long as you live.”
-
-As he finished speaking they emerged from the swamp, passed through a
-belt of heavy timber and came to the edge of a lake. The water was clear
-as crystal and the bottom was covered with shining white pebbles.
-
-“This is Third Lake,” announced Mason. “What do you think of it?”
-
-“Wonderful!” exclaimed Robert and Joseph in amazement as they looked out
-across the beautiful sheet of water. The sun was sinking low in the
-western sky and its rays cast a gleam of silver and gold over the quiet
-waters. As the rest of the army came up, every man stood in silence and
-looked out over the lake, almost too strongly impressed to speak.
-
-“How big is this lake?” inquired Robert at last.
-
-“About ten miles around, I should say. Fourth Lake is about twice the
-size.”
-
-War and strife were forgotten for a few moments under the spell of this
-beautiful scene. The silence did not long continue, however, for the
-order to camp here for the night was soon given and preparations were
-made at once. Scouts came in and reported Indians but a few miles away,
-but nothing happened to disturb the encampment during the night. The
-next morning at daybreak the men were up and once more on the march.
-
-Across the isthmus between Third and Fourth Lakes swept the army.
-Joseph, Robert, Mason and Deerfoot rode in front with Ewing’s spy
-battalion and soon picked up the trail. It was easy to follow and more
-and more evidences of the desperation of the Sacs came into view.
-Apparently the Indians were discarding everything but their firearms.
-
-In desperate haste the army advanced. Several horses gave out, but the
-troopers thus deprived of their mounts kept on on foot, not one whit
-discouraged by their mishaps.
-
-Several Indians were shot. They were all old men who were exhausted by
-hunger and unable to keep pace with the rest of their band. The morning
-passed and noon came. With undiminished speed the army pressed forward.
-At about half-past four in the afternoon the Indians were sighted. They
-had taken up their position on the bluffs about a mile and a half from
-the Wisconsin River.
-
-“Halt!” came the sharp command. “Dismount!” A moment later the army was
-on foot, awaiting the next order. This soon came, and the men were
-instructed to form in line and prepare to charge. One man out of every
-four was delegated to hold the horses.
-
-Scarcely had the army time to do as they were commanded when the Sacs
-themselves charged. Yelling like madmen they rushed down upon the
-Whites. A heavy volley from their guns failed to break the lines of the
-troops, however, and the fire was returned spiritedly.
-
-“Let ’em have it! Give it to them!” cried Robert enthusiastically.
-
-“Charge!” came the order.
-
-With a cheer the men advanced. They returned the galling fire of the
-Indians with deadly effect, but their foes were not lacking in valor.
-
-“Keep low and close to me, Bob,” warned Joseph as they hurried forward.
-
-“I’m all right, Joe,” cried Robert. “Forget me and give all your
-attention to those red demons over there.”
-
-The fire of the Whites was most effective and the Indians appeared to be
-giving way.
-
-“They’re running,” shouted Robert. “Keep right after them.”
-
-Apparently what Robert had said was true. The Indians did seem to be
-leaving their positions, but they certainly were not retreating, as
-subsequent events soon proved.
-
-“We’ve got ’em!” cried Robert, who was almost beside himself with
-excitement. “We’ve got ’em now, and now’s the time to finish them up.”
-
-“Don’t expose yourself too much, Red,” cautioned Mason, who kept close
-beside the two young brothers. Robert was absolutely regardless of
-danger and ran forward fearlessly, with no thought other than to load
-and fire his rifle as many times as possible.
-
-“They can’t——”
-
-“Look out!” cried Mason, breaking in on what Robert had started to say.
-
-“What is it?” shouted Joseph in response to Mason’s warning.
-
-“They’re trying to flank us.”
-
-“Where are they?”
-
-As he spoke the sharp bark of several rifles sounded from some very tall
-grass on one side of the battlefield. The Indians who had apparently
-retreated, as a matter of fact had stolen around and into the grass
-where they opened a heavy fire on the Whites. For a moment the army was
-taken by surprise, but it did not last long. Quick action was needed and
-quick action was taken, and luckily too. Had the Indians succeeded in
-getting behind the Whites they could have caused enormous damage.
-
-“Charge them!” shouted General Henry.
-
-The command was instantly obeyed. With bayonets bared and with cheers
-and shouts the white men bravely dashed forward. The troops may have
-displayed cowardice in some of the previous engagements of the war, but
-they were redeeming themselves now. Fearlessly and gallantly they rushed
-at top speed to dislodge the enemy from his position.
-
-“There is no load in my gun, Bob,” shouted Joseph.
-
-“Nor in mine,” echoed John Mason.
-
-“You don’t need it,” cried Robert. “We’ll chase ’em out of there with
-our fists if we haven’t anything else. My gun is loaded, but I don’t
-need it.”
-
-A galling fire greeted their advance and several of the men dropped. The
-volley was returned but feebly, for most of the men were in the
-condition of Joseph and John Mason; that is, their guns were empty. No
-one halted for a second, however; all increased their pace.
-
-“I’ll save my load,” thought Robert to himself. “I may need it more in a
-few minutes than I do now.”
-
-At this moment a man on a gray horse dashed madly past him. Robert
-recognized the rider as Colonel Jones, one of the officers. As he
-glanced up at the fearless rider a bullet struck the horse, killing it
-instantly. Colonel Jones was pitched headlong to the ground and Robert
-rushed to see if he was hurt.
-
-“Were you hit, Colonel?” he demanded anxiously.
-
-“Never touched me,” came the quick reply, and instantly jumping to his
-feet the gallant officer continued the advance. “Follow me!” he shouted,
-and with a cheer the men closed in behind him.
-
-Absolutely regardless of consequences, fearlessly the men charged. The
-grass which the Indians occupied was at least six feet tall, a fact
-which rendered it very difficult for the Whites to see their opponents.
-Not one man faltered, however.
-
-Soon they came to the edge of the grass and a desperate hand to hand
-encounter took place. Stabbing with their bayonets and using the butt
-ends of their guns the white soldiers slowly but surely forced their
-redskinned foes to fall back. Every inch of ground was contested
-stubbornly and desperately. The men became separated from one another
-and individual combats took place everywhere.
-
-Robert had forced his way clear through to the opposite side of the high
-grass and emerged into the open. As he came out he saw a white man
-suddenly trip and fall headlong to the ground. With a howl of rage a
-painted warrior sprang at the fallen soldier with upraised tomahawk.
-
-Robert’s heart almost stopped beating when he suddenly recognized the
-prostrate man as his brother Joseph.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVIII
- THE TRAIL LEADS WESTWARD
-
-
-There was not a second to lose. The Indian would surely be upon Joseph
-before he could raise himself from his fallen position and even should
-he be able to get up he would stand no chance of escape. If Joseph’s
-life was to be saved, it was Robert who must do it. But how was it to be
-done? He had fired the charge which had been in his gun and he had had
-no chance to reload. The bloodthirsty Sac was nearer to Joseph than he,
-and would evidently reach the spot first. The case looked desperate.
-
-All of this happened in the twinkling of an eye. Robert rather felt than
-thought these things as he saw the Indian rushing toward his helpless
-brother. “The only relative I have left in the world,” thought Robert
-as, with a choking cry, he started forward. Glory was forgotten. Bravery
-was forgotten. The impulsive young pioneer remembered only that his
-brother was in terrible and immediate danger.
-
-The Indian was now about ten yards from Joseph, who was striving
-desperately to regain his feet. Robert was at least twenty yards
-distant. He shouted to Joseph, but Joseph had already seen the Sac
-approaching and was doing his utmost to get out of the way. Robert’s cry
-did not warn him of his peril, but only served to bring a faint ray of
-hope into his mind that he might yet escape.
-
-Robert saw instantly that it was out of the question for him to reach
-his brother before the Indian would be upon him. He stopped and started
-to swing his rifle about his head with some hazy idea of throwing it at
-his enemy. Before he could put this plan into execution, however, a
-strange thing occurred. Something flashed in the rays of the afternoon
-sun and with a cry the onrushing Indian suddenly threw up his hands and
-pitched forward, stumbling and tripping until he fell to the ground limp
-and helpless.
-
-A tomahawk coming from some place in the tall grass had struck the Sac
-warrior full in the forehead and put an end to his fighting forever. So
-suddenly and so unexpectedly had this fortunate event taken place that
-neither of the two boys realized for a few moments just what had
-occurred. Joseph sank back upon the ground and Robert merely stood with
-open mouth and a dazed expression on his face, staring stupidly at the
-dead form of the Indian at his feet.
-
-The mystery was not long unsolved, however. The tall grass parted and
-out stepped Deerfoot, as calm and stoical as ever, his face as
-expressionless as a statue.
-
-“So you did it, did you?” exclaimed Robert as soon as he found his
-voice.
-
-“Deerfoot!” cried Joseph and the young soldier could say no more.
-
-The Pottowattomie paid no attention to either of the boys. He picked up
-his tomahawk which now was lying upon the ground, and then advanced to
-the spot where the body of his fallen enemy lay. Without a word he
-whipped out his knife and soon possessed himself of another Sac scalp.
-The two brothers looked on in silence.
-
-“How can I ever thank you?” cried Joseph, walking up to Deerfoot.
-
-“No try.”
-
-“But, Deerfoot, you saved my life,” protested Joseph, tears of gratitude
-appearing in his eyes as he spoke.
-
-“Why not save life?” demanded Deerfoot simply. “You my brother. Me
-always save brother’s life.” He extended his hand to Joseph, who grasped
-it in silence. Then the Pottowattomie turned to Robert and also shook
-hands with him.
-
-This solemn rite having been performed, the three brothers turned their
-attention to the fight. For a time they had been oblivious to everything
-but their own affairs. The fight was ended, however. The Indians had
-been driven from their positions and now occupied a piece of rising
-ground overlooking the Wisconsin River.
-
-They remained in that place only a short time, however, for the troops
-pursued them relentlessly. The Sacs fired a few more shots from the top
-of the rise and then turned and retreated swiftly down the bluffs to
-join the main body, which was engaged in crossing the river. The troops
-soon occupied the bluffs, and further pursuit was considered useless.
-
-Between the army and the river was a swampy bit of ground, some sixty
-yards wide. On the river bank was a heavy growth of timber. The white
-commanders seeing that the Indians could reach this protection before
-being overtaken decided to give up the chase for the night.
-
-“A few more battles like that and the war will soon be over,” remarked
-Robert enthusiastically, when camp had been pitched.
-
-“Yes,” agreed Mason. “They seem to be on the run now all right.”
-
-“I’m glad I was in it,” exclaimed Robert. “It is a pleasanter sensation
-to be the one to do the winning than it is to have to run away. Until
-now we have been mostly on the defensive.”
-
-“I’m glad I was in it, too,” said Joseph quietly. “I’m more than glad to
-be here right now though. If it hadn’t been for Deerfoot I’d have been
-dead.”
-
-“There’s no doubt of that,” agreed Robert heartily. “Deerfoot,” he
-added, “you are a hero. Get up and make a bow.”
-
-“No bow,” said Deerfoot. He shifted his position uncomfortably and was
-much embarrassed by these remarks of Robert’s. He did not desire praise
-for doing what he considered merely his duty.
-
-Robert loved to tease his red brother, however, and seeing how
-uncomfortable his words made Deerfoot he decided to continue them.
-
-“You must make a bow, Deerfoot,” he continued. “Whenever a man saves
-another’s life he always has to make a bow.”
-
-“No bow,” protested Deerfoot, looking about for some avenue of escape.
-
-“Of course not,” exclaimed Joseph, coming to the rescue of the
-embarrassed Pottowattomie. “Don’t pay any attention to what he says,
-Deerfoot.”
-
-The army turned in and soon most of the men were asleep. Everyone slept
-on his arms, for the region was infested with prowling Indians and no
-one wished to be taken unawares by a sudden attack. No incident of note
-occurred, however, until just about an hour and a half before the dawn
-of the following day. Joseph, naturally a light sleeper, awoke with a
-start. He had a strange feeling that someone had been talking to him. He
-sat up and looked about him. The stars were out and the camp was dimly
-illuminated by their ghostlike light. “I must have been dreaming,”
-thought Joseph.
-
-Suddenly he realized that he had not been dreaming after all. A voice,
-loud, shrill, and speaking in an unknown tongue could be heard
-distinctly. The sound came from the direction of the knoll, which Black
-Hawk, seated on a white pony, had occupied during the battle.
-
-“Wake up, Bob,” exclaimed Joseph excitedly. He shook his brother, who
-was instantly wide awake and on his feet. The rest of the camp was soon
-aroused and a great panic ensued. The strange voice continued to be
-heard and nearly every man present thought it was merely a prelude to a
-great attack on the part of the Indians.
-
-“What is it, do you suppose?” exclaimed Robert in alarm.
-
-“I’m sure I can’t tell you,” replied Mason. “It is certainly strange.”
-
-“Let’s fire a volley in that direction,” cried Robert eagerly. “Perhaps
-if we do that it will show them we are prepared and they will be scared
-off.”
-
-“Don’t be silly,” exclaimed Joseph in alarm. “At any rate we couldn’t
-fire without orders.”
-
-“Isn’t it weird?” said Mason.
-
-The harangue continued uninterruptedly while the army sat and quaked
-with fear. At any moment the men expected to be set upon by a band of
-bloodthirsty Sacs. Some of the more timid were in favor of decamping at
-once. So great was the alarm in the camp that General Henry found it
-necessary to deliver a patriotic speech to rally the sinking spirits of
-his men.
-
-“Don’t you understand what the voice is saying, Deerfoot?” inquired John
-Mason at last.
-
-“Me no understand,” answered Deerfoot, and in fact he was apparently
-just as much puzzled as all the others at the strange performance.
-
-Suddenly the harangue ceased. For over an hour it had continued without
-interruption, but just before daylight the speaker stopped talking and
-the voice was heard no more. Until broad daylight appeared the army
-anxiously awaited the expected attack. It did not come, however. Scouts
-could discover no Indians in the neighborhood and the purpose of the
-harangue remained as great a mystery as ever.
-
-On the twenty-third of July, General Henry’s corps set out for Blue
-Mounds to secure provisions. Mason, Joseph, Robert and Deerfoot went
-with this detachment and arriving there that evening were joined by
-Generals Atkinson and Alexander. The two commanders had heard of the
-rapid pursuit of Black Hawk and had hastily set out from Lake Koshkonong
-to join the victorious army.
-
-General Atkinson at once assumed command of all the forces collected at
-Blue Mounds. He distributed rations and ordered the pursuit at once to
-be resumed. The army departed and during the days of July twenty-seventh
-and twenty-eighth crossed the Wisconsin River. Rafts, made from the log
-houses at the deserted village of Helena, carried the army across the
-stream. The advance was continued and General Henry’s brigade was
-ordered to bring up the rear in charge of the baggage.
-
-“Why do you suppose they put us back here?” exclaimed Robert hotly. “We
-have done most of the fighting and this is our reward. Now if we catch
-up with Black Hawk again those others will have first chance and will
-get all the glory. We’ll be left out of it almost entirely.”
-
-“You just said why it was done,” remarked John Mason quietly.
-
-“No, I asked why it was done,” corrected Robert.
-
-“You said we had done most of the fighting so far,” explained Mason.
-“That, to my mind, is why we are stationed back here.”
-
-“What do you mean?” demanded Joseph, greatly puzzled by his friend’s
-remark.
-
-“Simply this: General Henry has gotten what little glory there has been
-to get in this war. The others are jealous of him and jealous of the way
-he won the battle at Wisconsin Heights. They think that the next fight
-will put an end to the war and they don’t intend that General Henry
-shall get any credit for that, if they can help it.”
-
-“Is that really so?” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“I’m sure of it,” replied Mason. “I shouldn’t like to be quoted as
-saying so, though.”
-
-“It’s a pretty mean trick, I should say,” cried Robert. “I hope General
-Henry will fool them. He has three hundred men in his brigade, and if I
-were in his place I’d take them and go off on my own hook. We’ve got
-enough here to defeat all Black Hawk can put in the field.”
-
-“General Henry must obey orders, Red,” reminded Mason. He smiled at the
-boy’s impetuosity, and, though he concealed it, had somewhat the same
-feeling that Robert had.
-
-Five or six miles northeast of Helena the trail was discovered leading
-westward toward the Mississippi. The country it traversed was rugged and
-unfamiliar to the Whites. Their Indian guides were scarcely better
-acquainted with it and evidently Black Hawk had chosen this route to
-retard the progress of the white army and give his people more time to
-escape.
-
-Great swamps loomed up before the army. Rushing rivers had to be
-crossed, while thickly wooded hills constantly imposed themselves
-between the Whites and the fleeing redskins. The trail grew constantly
-fresher, however, and this fact spurred the men on. Corpses of dead Sacs
-strewed the pathway; some had died of wounds and some of starvation.
-Dead ponies, the flesh partly eaten from their sides, and the
-half-chewed pieces of bark showed how desperately in need of food the
-Indians were.
-
-On the night of August first an old Sac Indian was captured. Unable to
-keep pace with the main body he had been abandoned. The army was now
-about ten miles from the Mississippi and from the captured Indian it was
-learned that Black Hawk intended to cross the great river early the
-following day. General Atkinson’s army was nearly exhausted from its
-recent exertions and he decided that a few hours’ rest was absolutely
-necessary for his men. Accordingly, a halt was called about eight
-o’clock of the evening of August first, and orders given to proceed at
-two o’clock the following morning.
-
-At that hour the bugles sounded and the army once more was soon on the
-march. A grim spirit of determination filled the men and they were eager
-for the fray.
-
-“I wish we were in front,” complained Robert as they started out.
-
-“Don’t worry, Red,” advised Mason. “I have a feeling that we’ll get all
-the fighting we want, all right.”
-
-“Look at Deerfoot,” directed Joseph in a low voice.
-
-The Pottowattomie rode proudly forward, his head held high and a gleam
-in his eyes that boded ill for his enemies. His attitude reflected that
-of the whole army.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIX
- BAD AXE
-
-
-Suddenly shots were heard. A bugle sounded and the men realized that the
-deciding struggle of the war had commenced. Orders were at once given
-for the army to form for the attack. An orderly came riding furiously
-through the lines with orders from General Atkinson. Alexander and Posey
-with their commands formed the right wing, Dodge with his regulars the
-center, and General Henry the left.
-
-The firing increased. Dense timber afforded a protection to the Sacs and
-hindered the operations of the army. An advance was ordered, however,
-and the Indians withdrew slowly. Their fire seemed to come from a wide
-range of ground and it was confidently believed that now the main body
-of Black Hawk’s force had been encountered. Upstream the Indians
-retreated. A proof of John Mason’s remark as to the jealousy borne
-General Henry was provided by the commands which next were issued. The
-right wing and the center were ordered to pursue the savages. General
-Henry, however, received no orders at all and so was apparently left out
-of the fight entirely. This was evidently part of a plan to deprive him
-of any share in the honor which everyone felt was to be won in this
-fight.
-
-“A mean shame!” protested John Mason hotly. “I knew they were going to
-try something like this all the time.”
-
-“I should say it is a shame!” cried Robert angrily. “Why should we stand
-for it?”
-
-“What can we do?” queried Joseph. “We are left here with no orders.
-Certainly if they wanted us they would have asked us to come.”
-
-“Well then, if we have no orders why can’t we go anywhere we please?”
-Robert protested. “I’d follow along if I were General Henry.”
-
-“We can’t do that,” said Mason. “I guess we’re left.”
-
-Henry’s brigade was stationed on the top of a bluff, not far from the
-river.
-
-Sounds of firing came to the men left there and a feeling of intense
-rage at the affront offered them possessed everyone present. For days
-and weeks they had fought their way through countless difficulties and
-had endured untold hardships. Now that the prize was almost in their
-grasp they were denied any share in it.
-
-Suddenly two men on horseback appeared, riding furiously from the
-direction of the river.
-
-“Two of Ewing’s spy battalion,” announced Joseph, as he recognized the
-men. “I wonder what they want.”
-
-The horsemen at once sought General Henry and excitedly began to talk
-and gesticulate to him. They continually pointed toward the river in the
-direction whence they had come. As they finished speaking, General Henry
-drew his sword, waved it above his head and gave the order to advance.
-
-“What is it? What’s going on?” demanded Robert.
-
-Many more were asking the same questions and the answers were not long
-in forthcoming. The spies had discovered that the main trail was farther
-down the river than the course of the Indians pursued by the center and
-right wing. Evidently the Sacs first encountered were merely decoys who
-were purposely attempting to lead the army astray.
-
-“What luck!” cried Robert joyously. “They tried to leave us out but we
-stumbled into the main affair after all.”
-
-Down the steep sides of the bluff General Henry led his troops. Arriving
-at the base, the men found themselves on a wooded plateau which
-stretched between the bluff and the shore. On the other side of the
-timber, Black Hawk was stationed.
-
-A bullet tore some leaves from a tree close to Joseph’s head. A second
-bullet followed the first and soon a perfect hail of lead was cutting
-its way through the forest. The trooper next to Deerfoot had his horse
-shot from under him. The bugle sounded and with a shout the men dashed
-forward. Over dead logs, under low hanging branches and through thick
-clumps of bushes they forced their way. A galling fire raked their lines
-from end to end but not a man faltered.
-
-As yet no sight of the Indians appeared. That they were present was
-testified to, however, by the energetic fusillade they kept up. Suddenly
-the woods thinned and the brigade found itself in the midst of about
-three hundred warriors. The numbers on each side consequently were even.
-
-Savage yells and whoops rent the air. Mixed with these were the cheers
-and shouts of the troops who urged one another forward. No man needed
-much urging, however, for everyone was there to do his duty and it was
-done with no thought of flinching.
-
-“Dismount!” came the order from the bugle.
-
-Instantly every man sprang from his horse’s back, and quickly tethering
-his mount to some nearby tree, continued the attack on foot. Every tree
-seemed to shelter a hostile Indian, and the Whites themselves took
-advantage of every bit of cover that offered itself.
-
-“Keep close together, boys!” urged John Mason, as, rifle in hand, he
-started forward with Deerfoot and the two brothers. “Watch every tree
-and don’t let yourselves be taken by surprise.”
-
-“Look out!” warned Joseph suddenly. “There’s an Indian.” He pointed to a
-large tree in front of them and as he spoke a shaved head appeared on
-one side, a rifle was quickly raised and a bullet sang close above the
-heads of the four troopers.
-
-“Quick! Before he can reload!” cried Robert, and at full speed he darted
-forward toward the tree which sheltered their enemy.
-
-“Follow him! Follow him!” shouted Mason. “Two on each side.”
-
-Robert was the first to reach the spot, but the Sac had fled. A movement
-in the bushes close at hand warned him of the Indian’s presence,
-however, and quickly raising his rifle he fired. He saw a body fall,
-crashing to the ground and knew that his aim had been true.
-
-“Bob!” shouted Joseph. “Look out! Behind you!”
-
-Robert unconsciously dropped to the ground in response to his brother’s
-warning. He was not a second too soon. A tomahawk whizzed over his head
-and buried itself deep in the trunk of a nearby tree. Robert shuddered
-as he realized how narrow an escape he had had. The brave who had made
-this attempt on his life, however, did not long escape the attention of
-his intended victim’s companions. Three rifles spoke almost at the same
-instant and one more Sac was added to those already lost by Black Hawk.
-
-“We’d better keep under cover more,” Mason advised when Robert had
-rejoined his comrades. “It’s all right to dash out and chase Indians
-from behind trees but it’s risky business.”
-
-“We must do it if we are going to win,” protested Robert.
-
-“Not at all,” retorted Mason. “We’ll drive them off all right without
-having to expose ourselves as much as you did.”
-
-The noise was terrific. The reports of the guns filled the air and the
-constant whoops of the Indians added a weird note to the din. How often
-the two brothers had heard the war whoop. This time, however, it was
-tempered by the shouts and cheers of the troops and its effect
-consequently was not as horrifying.
-
-“Here comes Atkinson!” cried Joseph suddenly. The fight had been in
-progress for half an hour and General Henry’s men were more than holding
-their own.
-
-“He heard the noise,” exclaimed Mason. “I’m sorry for it, too. After the
-way he treated General Henry he doesn’t deserve to be in this at all.”
-
-“It will finish it up quicker, that’s all,” said Robert, who was
-feverishly engaged in reloading his rifle. He was intent upon doing his
-full share in the battle and he was fearful that he might waste a
-moment.
-
-“They’ll be nearly surrounded now,” remarked Joseph. “This is the end of
-Black Hawk, I guess.”
-
-The battle now degenerated into a massacre. The Indians put up a
-stubborn defense until the last, but their case was hopeless. They were
-outnumbered and they were also weakened by lack of food. The nature of
-the ground was to their advantage, however. Deep ravines, old logs,
-swamp holes, high grass and weeds abounded, providing excellent
-protection to the warriors. Knowing that they were doomed they fought
-desperately, determined to sell their lives as dearly as possible.
-
-“This is too much for me,” exclaimed Joseph at length.
-
-“What’s the matter, Joe?” demanded Robert.
-
-“I can fight, but I can’t slaughter people,” replied Joseph with a
-shudder.
-
-“I was just thinking the same thing,” remarked John Mason. “I saw one of
-our men shoot a wounded Indian a few minutes ago. That settles me.”
-
-“It’s awful,” cried Joseph. “This isn’t war. It is butchery.”
-
-“They butchered us, though,” Robert maintained stoutly. “Why shouldn’t
-we give them what they gave us?”
-
-“They don’t know any better, Bob,” said Mason. “They are savages, but we
-are supposed to be civilized, and we ought to know better, if we don’t.
-A fair fight is one thing, but this is not fair.”
-
-“Look there!” cried Joseph. “Did you see that?”
-
-“No, what was it?” demanded Robert.
-
-“An Indian girl held up her hands to surrender, and somebody shot her
-down. Do you call that right?”
-
-“I certainly do not,” admitted Robert. “Where’s Deerfoot?”
-
-“In the thick of it, I suppose,” answered Joseph. “We can’t stop him,
-for he wouldn’t understand, but we can at least keep out of it
-ourselves.”
-
-The three volunteers were now standing on a bluff overlooking the great
-river. The Indians were hopelessly beaten and were making desperate
-efforts to escape. Men, women and children were trying to swim across
-the river, but many were drowned and others coolly picked off by
-sharpshooters stationed on the bank. The sight was sickening. The ground
-was littered with the corpses of Indians and many of the white men were
-taking scalps as freely as their red enemies ever did.
-
-“There are a whole lot of Indians on that island,” cried Robert pointing
-to a small piece of ground covered with willows which lay not far from
-the shore.
-
-“Not for long, though,” said Mason grimly. “Here comes the _Warrior_.”
-
-The _Warrior_ was a small steamer used to transport army supplies. On
-board were a few regulars and volunteers and a small cannon. The boat
-approached close to the island that Robert had indicated and fired round
-after round of canister, raking it from end to end. As if this were not
-enough a detachment of troops was landed on the island soon after the
-bombardment and with bayonets completed the destruction of the few
-remaining survivors.
-
-“Do you suppose any one escaped?” asked Robert.
-
-“From the island?” queried Mason. “Not a single soul, I’m sure.”
-
-“Do you think any Indians escaped at all?”
-
-“I think so. Some crossed the river before we got here.”
-
-“Not many, I guess,” exclaimed Joseph. “Black Hawk hasn’t enough men
-left to do any damage now. The war is ended.”
-
-“Yes,” agreed Mason. “The war is ended. We can now go back to our homes
-and lead peaceable lives once more. For my part I’m glad of it.”
-
-“I’d be, too, if I had a home to go to,” remarked Joseph sadly.
-
-“We’ve had our revenge, though, Joe,” exclaimed Robert.
-
-“Yes, we’ve had that, all right. At least Black Hawk has been punished,
-though we didn’t do so much of it.”
-
-“You did your share,” said John Mason warmly. “You got one good thing
-out of the war, too, Joe.”
-
-“What was that?” asked Joseph.
-
-“The Swallow.”
-
-“I certainly did,” exclaimed Joseph warmly. “I think I’ll go see if he
-is all right. I’d hate to have him stolen at this late date.”
-
-“We’ll all go,” said Mason. “The fight is over and we might as well
-leave. Where’s Deerfoot?”
-
-“He here,” replied a familiar voice as Deerfoot appeared from behind a
-large clump of willows. He had an expression of grim satisfaction on his
-face and at his belt hung three new scalps. The boys could not repress a
-feeling of disgust as they saw these bloody trophies. They had witnessed
-a great deal of killing and seen much gore in the past few weeks, but
-instead of becoming accustomed to it, they were thoroughly sick of it
-all.
-
-“Where’s Black Hawk?” demanded Robert of Deerfoot. “Did you capture or
-kill him?”
-
-“Black Hawk run away,” replied Deerfoot.
-
-“If he is still at large we may have trouble yet,” remarked Mason
-somewhat anxiously. “He is a very smart man and may be able to collect
-more braves and come back for revenge some time.”
-
-“Don’t you think he realizes that it is hopeless to resist?” asked
-Joseph.
-
-“I don’t know,” said Mason, shaking his head. “I have a feeling that we
-are always going to have trouble until he is put out of the way. I wish
-someone would capture him.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXX
- CONCLUSION
-
-
-John Mason had wished for Black Hawk’s capture. His wish was fulfilled
-and as fortune would have it, he, Deerfoot and both Joseph and Robert
-were present when the great chief was delivered into the hands of his
-enemies.
-
-After the battle of Bad Axe the volunteers were mustered out of service
-and the fighting came to an end. All resistance on the part of the
-Indians had been broken, and out of a thousand Sacs who had crossed the
-Mississippi and invaded the settlements in April, only a hundred and
-fifty now remained. Black Hawk had escaped, but Indians of hostile
-tribes were put on his trail and at length succeeded in capturing him.
-
-On the twenty-seventh day of August, 1832, John Mason, Deerfoot, Joseph
-and Robert were at Prairie du Chien. This was not far from the scene of
-the last battle and the four friends were still in that vicinity,
-chiefly because they had no other place to which they might go. At least
-the two brothers had no home, and Deerfoot would leave them under no
-conditions. John Mason remained with his young friends, thinking he
-might still be of service to them, and could offer them advice as to
-starting life afresh.
-
-They were all talking to the Indian Agent, a man named Street, and were
-seeking his knowledge of the country in the hope he might be able to
-help them in the selection of a new home. Suddenly a commotion started
-outside and everyone rushed to see what the cause of the excitement was.
-Into the streets of the town marched two Winnebagos, Chaetar and
-One-eyed Decorah by name. Between them and with head held high, walked
-Black Hawk.
-
-“Black Hawk is captured!” cried Mason. “There he is now!”
-
-Everyone in the crowd surged forward to obtain a glimpse of the famous
-redman and Joseph and Robert were in the very first row. Straight to the
-office of the Indian Agent the old warrior was led and then Agent Street
-came forward to meet him.
-
-Black Hawk was indeed an imposing figure. He was clad in a suit of white
-doeskin. His hair was all plucked out with the exception of the
-scalp-lock and in that were fastened some eagle’s feathers. He was short
-in stature, as he was only about five feet four or five inches tall. His
-face was thin, with the high cheek bones characteristic of his race. His
-mouth was large and when in repose his lips remained slightly parted. He
-had a prominent nose of what is called the Roman type. His eyes were
-bright and piercing, but with a thoughtful expression in them. He had no
-eyebrows and his forehead was high and broad. His head he kept thrown
-back and his pose gave the impression of dignity and of one accustomed
-to command.
-
-“He’s not very beautiful,” whispered Robert. “He looks smart, though.”
-
-“He is smart,” exclaimed John Mason. “He certainly led us a dance.”
-
-“You know I feel sort of sorry for him,” said Joseph. “I never had any
-pity for him when we were fighting him but he looks sort of pitiful
-now.”
-
-“Not to me,” cried Robert. “I can’t forget what he did to us.”
-
-Speeches were now made by the different men in the assembly. Black
-Hawk’s two captors related how they had captured the prisoner at the
-Wisconsin River Dells, and Agent Street congratulated, them on their
-good work. Finally Black Hawk’s turn came and he arose slowly and
-proudly from his seat. In a steady and clear voice he faced the crowd
-and spoke as follows:
-
-“You have taken me prisoner with all my warriors. I am much grieved, for
-I expected if I did not defeat you, to hold out much longer, and give
-you more trouble before I surrendered. I tried hard to bring you into
-ambush, but your last general understands Indian fighting. The first one
-was not so wise. When I saw I could not beat you by Indian fighting I
-determined to rush on you, and fight you face to face. I fought hard.
-But your guns were well aimed. The bullets flew like birds in the air
-and whizzed by our ears like the wind through the trees in winter. My
-warriors fell around me; it began to look dismal. I saw my evil day at
-hand. The sun rose dim on us in the morning and at night it sank in a
-dark cloud, and looked like a ball of fire. That was the last sun that
-shone on Black Hawk. His heart is dead, and no longer beats quick in his
-bosom. He is now a prisoner of the white men; they will do with him as
-they wish. But he can stand torture and is not afraid of death. He is no
-coward. Black Hawk is an Indian.
-
-“He has done nothing for which an Indian ought to be ashamed. He has
-fought for his countrymen, the squaws and the papooses, against white
-men, who came year after year to cheat him and take away their lands.
-You know the cause of our making war. It is known to all white men. They
-ought to be ashamed of it. The white men despise the Indians, and drive
-them from their homes. But the Indians are not deceitful. The white men
-speak bad of the Indian, and look at him spitefully. But the Indian does
-not tell lies; Indians do not steal.
-
-“An Indian who is as bad as the white men could not live in our nation;
-he would be put to death and eaten up by the wolves. The white men are
-bad schoolmasters; they carry false books. They smile in the face of the
-poor Indian to cheat him; they shake him by the hand to gain his
-confidence, to make him drunk, to deceive and ruin him. We told them to
-let us alone and keep away from us, but they followed on and beset our
-paths, and they coiled themselves among us like the snake. They poisoned
-us by their touch. We were not safe. We lived in danger. We were
-becoming like them, hypocrites and liars, all talkers and no workers.
-
-“We looked up to the Great Spirit. We went to our great father. We were
-encouraged. His great council gave us fair words and big promises; but
-we got no satisfaction. Things were growing worse. There were no deer in
-the forest. The opossum and beaver were fled; the springs were drying
-up, and our squaws and papooses were without victuals to keep them from
-starving. We called a great council and built a large fire. The spirit
-of our fathers arose and spoke to us to avenge our wrongs or die. We all
-spoke before the council fire. It was warm and pleasant. We set up the
-war whoop and dug up the tomahawk; our knives were ready and the heart
-of Black Hawk swelled high in his bosom when he led his warriors to
-battle. He is satisfied. He will go to the world of spirits contented.
-He has done his duty. His father will meet him there and commend him.
-
-“Black Hawk is a true Indian and disdains to cry like a woman. He feels
-for his wife, his children and friends. But he does not care for
-himself. He cares for his nation and the Indians. They will suffer. He
-laments their fate. The white men poison the heart. My countrymen will
-in a few years become like the white men, so that you cannot trust them,
-and there must be as in the white settlements, nearly as many officers
-as men to take care of them and keep them in order.
-
-“Farewell, my nation. Black Hawk tried to save you, and avenge your
-wrongs. He drank the blood of some of the Whites. He has been taken
-prisoner and his plans are stopped. He can do no more. He is near his
-end. His sun is setting and he will rise no more. Farewell to Black
-Hawk.”
-
-He finished speaking and a silence fell upon the crowd gathered to hear
-him. He had made a profound impression and his hearers were deeply
-affected.
-
-“I certainly feel sorry for that man,” exclaimed Joseph at length.
-
-“So do I,” agreed Mason. “He tried to do right as he saw it and now he
-is broken-hearted and discouraged.”
-
-“His spirit is not broken, though,” said Robert warmly.
-
-“I should think not,” exclaimed Joseph. “It never will be either. As he
-says himself, ‘he is an Indian’.”
-
-“He doesn’t think much of the white men, does he?” said Robert.
-
-“Not much,” agreed John Mason. “I don’t blame him, for they have given
-the Indians a pretty rough treatment as a rule.”
-
-“There are bad Indians, just as there are bad white men,” said Joseph.
-“I guess the bad white men are more numerous, though.”
-
-“Ugh,” grunted Deerfoot.
-
-“Did you agree with that remark?” cried Robert, advancing toward
-Deerfoot with a threatening air. “You know what will happen to you if
-you did.”
-
-Deerfoot smiled grimly at his young friend’s remarks. He was gradually
-becoming used to the teasing he was constantly subjected to and he was
-learning how to take it in good spirits.
-
-“Me no afraid,” he exclaimed and almost laughed as he spoke.
-
-“You’re improving, Deerfoot. You’ll be all right soon,” laughed Robert
-as he slapped his Pottowattomie friend heartily on the back.
-
-“Come on, Bob,” urged Joseph. “It’s time for us to be leaving. There
-goes Black Hawk.”
-
-The four friends turned to look and saw Black Hawk being led away down
-the street. Two soldiers walked on each side of him, while with head
-still held proudly erect the aged warrior marched silently on and thus
-passed from the sight of John Mason, Deerfoot, Robert and Joseph
-forever.
-
-
- THE END
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
-
-
- 1. Silently corrected typographical errors and variations in spelling.
- 2. Archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings retained as printed.
- 3. Enclosed italics font in _underscores_.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRAIL OF BLACK HAWK ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.